Show More
@@ -0,0 +1,105 b'' | |||
|
1 | .. _config-saml-duosecurity-ref: | |
|
2 | ||
|
3 | ||
|
4 | SAML 2.0 with Duo Security | |
|
5 | -------------------------- | |
|
6 | ||
|
7 | **This plugin is available only in EE Edition.** | |
|
8 | ||
|
9 | |RCE| supports SAML 2.0 Authentication with Duo Security provider. This allows | |
|
10 | users to log-in to RhodeCode via SSO mechanism of external identity provider | |
|
11 | such as Duo. The login can be triggered either by the external IDP, or internally | |
|
12 | by clicking specific authentication button on the log-in page. | |
|
13 | ||
|
14 | ||
|
15 | Configuration steps | |
|
16 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ | |
|
17 | ||
|
18 | To configure Duo Security SAML authentication, use the following steps: | |
|
19 | ||
|
20 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select | |
|
21 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Authentication` | |
|
22 | 2. Activate the `Duo Security` plugin and select :guilabel:`Save` | |
|
23 | 3. Go to newly available menu option called `Duo Security` on the left side. | |
|
24 | 4. Check the `enabled` check box in the plugin configuration section, | |
|
25 | and fill in the required SAML information and :guilabel:`Save`, for more details, | |
|
26 | see :ref:`config-saml-duosecurity` | |
|
27 | ||
|
28 | ||
|
29 | .. _config-saml-duosecurity: | |
|
30 | ||
|
31 | ||
|
32 | Example SAML Duo Security configuration | |
|
33 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ | |
|
34 | ||
|
35 | Example configuration for SAML 2.0 with Duo Security provider:: | |
|
36 | ||
|
37 | *option*: `enabled` => `True` | |
|
38 | # Enable or disable this authentication plugin. | |
|
39 | ||
|
40 | *option*: `cache_ttl` => `0` | |
|
41 | # Amount of seconds to cache the authentication and permissions check response call for this plugin. | |
|
42 | # Useful for expensive calls like LDAP to improve the performance of the system (0 means disabled). | |
|
43 | ||
|
44 | *option*: `debug` => `True` | |
|
45 | # Enable or disable debug mode that shows SAML errors in the RhodeCode logs. | |
|
46 | ||
|
47 | *option*: `entity_id` => `http://rc-app.com/dag/saml2/idp/metadata.php` | |
|
48 | # Identity Provider entity/metadata URI. | |
|
49 | # E.g. https://duo-gateway.com/dag/saml2/idp/metadata.php | |
|
50 | ||
|
51 | *option*: `sso_service_url` => `http://rc-app.com/dag/saml2/idp/SSOService.php?spentityid=http://rc.local.pl/_admin/auth/duosecurity/saml-metadata` | |
|
52 | # SSO (SingleSignOn) endpoint URL of the IdP. This can be used to initialize login | |
|
53 | # E.g. https://duo-gateway.com/dag/saml2/idp/SSOService.php?spentityid=<metadata_entity_id> | |
|
54 | ||
|
55 | *option*: `slo_service_url` => `http://rc-app.com/dag/saml2/idp/SingleLogoutService.php?ReturnTo=http://rc-app.com/dag/module.php/duosecurity/logout.php` | |
|
56 | # SLO (SingleLogout) endpoint URL of the IdP. | |
|
57 | # E.g. https://duo-gateway.com/dag/saml2/idp/SingleLogoutService.php?ReturnTo=http://duo-gateway.com/_admin/saml/sign-out-endpoint | |
|
58 | ||
|
59 | *option*: `x509cert` => `<CERTIFICATE_STRING>` | |
|
60 | # Identity provider public x509 certificate. It will be converted to single-line format without headers | |
|
61 | ||
|
62 | *option*: `name_id_format` => `sha-1` | |
|
63 | # The format that specifies how the NameID is sent to the service provider. | |
|
64 | ||
|
65 | *option*: `signature_algo` => `sha-256` | |
|
66 | # Type of Algorithm to use for verification of SAML signature on Identity provider side | |
|
67 | ||
|
68 | *option*: `digest_algo` => `sha-256` | |
|
69 | # Type of Algorithm to use for verification of SAML digest on Identity provider side | |
|
70 | ||
|
71 | *option*: `cert_dir` => `/etc/saml/` | |
|
72 | # Optional directory to store service provider certificate and private keys. | |
|
73 | # Expected certs for the SP should be stored in this folder as: | |
|
74 | # * sp.key Private Key | |
|
75 | # * sp.crt Public cert | |
|
76 | # * sp_new.crt Future Public cert | |
|
77 | # | |
|
78 | # Also you can use other cert to sign the metadata of the SP using the: | |
|
79 | # * metadata.key | |
|
80 | # * metadata.crt | |
|
81 | ||
|
82 | *option*: `user_id_attribute` => `PersonImmutableID` | |
|
83 | # User ID Attribute name. This defines which attribute in SAML response will be used to link accounts via unique id. | |
|
84 | # Ensure this is returned from DuoSecurity for example via duo_username | |
|
85 | ||
|
86 | *option*: `username_attribute` => `User.username` | |
|
87 | # Username Attribute name. This defines which attribute in SAML response will map to an username. | |
|
88 | ||
|
89 | *option*: `email_attribute` => `User.email` | |
|
90 | # Email Attribute name. This defines which attribute in SAML response will map to an email address. | |
|
91 | ||
|
92 | ||
|
93 | Below is example setup from DUO Administration page that can be used with above config. | |
|
94 | ||
|
95 | .. image:: ../images/saml-duosecurity-service-provider-example.png | |
|
96 | :alt: DUO Security SAML setup example | |
|
97 | :scale: 50 % | |
|
98 | ||
|
99 | ||
|
100 | Below is an example attribute mapping set for IDP provider required by the above config. | |
|
101 | ||
|
102 | ||
|
103 | .. image:: ../images/saml-duosecurity-attributes-example.png | |
|
104 | :alt: DUO Security SAML setup example | |
|
105 | :scale: 50 % No newline at end of file |
@@ -0,0 +1,18 b'' | |||
|
1 | .. _config-saml-generic-ref: | |
|
2 | ||
|
3 | ||
|
4 | SAML 2.0 Authentication | |
|
5 | ----------------------- | |
|
6 | ||
|
7 | ||
|
8 | **This plugin is available only in EE Edition.** | |
|
9 | ||
|
10 | RhodeCode Supports standard SAML 2.0 SSO for the web-application part. | |
|
11 | ||
|
12 | Please check for reference two example providers: | |
|
13 | ||
|
14 | .. toctree:: | |
|
15 | ||
|
16 | auth-saml-duosecurity | |
|
17 | auth-saml-onelogin | |
|
18 |
@@ -0,0 +1,106 b'' | |||
|
1 | .. _config-saml-onelogin-ref: | |
|
2 | ||
|
3 | ||
|
4 | SAML 2.0 with One Login | |
|
5 | ----------------------- | |
|
6 | ||
|
7 | **This plugin is available only in EE Edition.** | |
|
8 | ||
|
9 | |RCE| supports SAML 2.0 Authentication with OneLogin provider. This allows | |
|
10 | users to log-in to RhodeCode via SSO mechanism of external identity provider | |
|
11 | such as OneLogin. The login can be triggered either by the external IDP, or internally | |
|
12 | by clicking specific authentication button on the log-in page. | |
|
13 | ||
|
14 | ||
|
15 | Configuration steps | |
|
16 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ | |
|
17 | ||
|
18 | To configure OneLogin SAML authentication, use the following steps: | |
|
19 | ||
|
20 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select | |
|
21 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Authentication` | |
|
22 | 2. Activate the `OneLogin` plugin and select :guilabel:`Save` | |
|
23 | 3. Go to newly available menu option called `OneLogin` on the left side. | |
|
24 | 4. Check the `enabled` check box in the plugin configuration section, | |
|
25 | and fill in the required SAML information and :guilabel:`Save`, for more details, | |
|
26 | see :ref:`config-saml-onelogin` | |
|
27 | ||
|
28 | ||
|
29 | .. _config-saml-onelogin: | |
|
30 | ||
|
31 | ||
|
32 | Example SAML OneLogin configuration | |
|
33 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ | |
|
34 | ||
|
35 | Example configuration for SAML 2.0 with OneLogin provider:: | |
|
36 | ||
|
37 | *option*: `enabled` => `True` | |
|
38 | # Enable or disable this authentication plugin. | |
|
39 | ||
|
40 | *option*: `cache_ttl` => `0` | |
|
41 | # Amount of seconds to cache the authentication and permissions check response call for this plugin. | |
|
42 | # Useful for expensive calls like LDAP to improve the performance of the system (0 means disabled). | |
|
43 | ||
|
44 | *option*: `debug` => `True` | |
|
45 | # Enable or disable debug mode that shows SAML errors in the RhodeCode logs. | |
|
46 | ||
|
47 | *option*: `entity_id` => `https://app.onelogin.com/saml/metadata/xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx` | |
|
48 | # Identity Provider entity/metadata URI. | |
|
49 | # E.g. https://app.onelogin.com/saml/metadata/<onelogin_connector_id> | |
|
50 | ||
|
51 | *option*: `sso_service_url` => `https://customer-domain.onelogin.com/trust/saml2/http-post/sso/xxxxxx` | |
|
52 | # SSO (SingleSignOn) endpoint URL of the IdP. This can be used to initialize login | |
|
53 | # E.g. https://app.onelogin.com/trust/saml2/http-post/sso/<onelogin_connector_id> | |
|
54 | ||
|
55 | *option*: `slo_service_url` => `https://customer-domain.onelogin.com/trust/saml2/http-redirect/slo/xxxxxx` | |
|
56 | # SLO (SingleLogout) endpoint URL of the IdP. | |
|
57 | # E.g. https://app.onelogin.com/trust/saml2/http-redirect/slo/<onelogin_connector_id> | |
|
58 | ||
|
59 | *option*: `x509cert` => `<CERTIFICATE_STRING>` | |
|
60 | # Identity provider public x509 certificate. It will be converted to single-line format without headers | |
|
61 | ||
|
62 | *option*: `name_id_format` => `sha-1` | |
|
63 | # The format that specifies how the NameID is sent to the service provider. | |
|
64 | ||
|
65 | *option*: `signature_algo` => `sha-256` | |
|
66 | # Type of Algorithm to use for verification of SAML signature on Identity provider side | |
|
67 | ||
|
68 | *option*: `digest_algo` => `sha-256` | |
|
69 | # Type of Algorithm to use for verification of SAML digest on Identity provider side | |
|
70 | ||
|
71 | *option*: `cert_dir` => `/etc/saml/` | |
|
72 | # Optional directory to store service provider certificate and private keys. | |
|
73 | # Expected certs for the SP should be stored in this folder as: | |
|
74 | # * sp.key Private Key | |
|
75 | # * sp.crt Public cert | |
|
76 | # * sp_new.crt Future Public cert | |
|
77 | # | |
|
78 | # Also you can use other cert to sign the metadata of the SP using the: | |
|
79 | # * metadata.key | |
|
80 | # * metadata.crt | |
|
81 | ||
|
82 | *option*: `user_id_attribute` => `PersonImmutableID` | |
|
83 | # User ID Attribute name. This defines which attribute in SAML response will be used to link accounts via unique id. | |
|
84 | # Ensure this is returned from OneLogin for example via Internal ID | |
|
85 | ||
|
86 | *option*: `username_attribute` => `User.username` | |
|
87 | # Username Attribute name. This defines which attribute in SAML response will map to an username. | |
|
88 | ||
|
89 | *option*: `email_attribute` => `User.email` | |
|
90 | # Email Attribute name. This defines which attribute in SAML response will map to an email address. | |
|
91 | ||
|
92 | ||
|
93 | ||
|
94 | Below is example setup that can be used with OneLogin SAML authentication that can be used with above config.. | |
|
95 | ||
|
96 | .. image:: ../images/saml-onelogin-config-example.png | |
|
97 | :alt: OneLogin SAML setup example | |
|
98 | :scale: 50 % | |
|
99 | ||
|
100 | ||
|
101 | Below is an example attribute mapping set for IDP provider required by the above config. | |
|
102 | ||
|
103 | ||
|
104 | .. image:: ../images/saml-onelogin-attributes-example.png | |
|
105 | :alt: OneLogin SAML setup example | |
|
106 | :scale: 50 % No newline at end of file |
|
1 | NO CONTENT: new file 100644, binary diff hidden |
|
1 | NO CONTENT: new file 100644, binary diff hidden |
|
1 | NO CONTENT: new file 100644, binary diff hidden |
|
1 | NO CONTENT: new file 100644, binary diff hidden |
@@ -1,22 +1,22 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _permissions-info-anon-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Anonymous Users |
|
4 | 4 | --------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
By default, |RC |
|
|
6 | By default, |RCE| provides |repo| access for registered users only. It can be | |
|
7 | 7 | configured to be **world-open** in terms of read and write permissions. This |
|
8 |
configuration is called "Anonymous Access" and allows |RC |
|
|
8 | configuration is called "Anonymous Access" and allows |RCE| to be used as a | |
|
9 | 9 | public hub where unregistered users have access to your |repos|. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | Anonymous access is useful for open source projects, universities, |
|
12 | 12 | or if running inside a restricted internal corporate network to serve |
|
13 | 13 | documents to all employees. Anonymous users get the default user permission |
|
14 |
settings that are applied across the whole |RC |
|
|
14 | settings that are applied across the whole |RCE| system. | |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | To enable anonymous access to your |repos|, use the following steps: |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 |
1. From the |RC |
|
|
18 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select :menuselection:`Admin --> Permissions`. | |
|
19 | 19 | 2. On the Application tab, check the :guilabel:`Allow anonymous access` box. |
|
20 | 20 | 3. Select :guilabel:`Save`. |
|
21 | 21 | 4. To set the anonymous user access permissions, which are based on the |
|
22 | 22 | default user settings, see :ref:`permissions-default-ref`. |
@@ -1,241 +1,241 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _admin-tricks: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | One-time Admin Tasks |
|
4 | 4 | -------------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | * :ref:`web-analytics` |
|
7 | 7 | * :ref:`admin-tricks-license` |
|
8 | 8 | * :ref:`announcements` |
|
9 | 9 | * :ref:`md-rst` |
|
10 | 10 | * :ref:`repo-stats` |
|
11 | 11 | * :ref:`server-side-merge` |
|
12 | 12 | * :ref:`remap-rescan` |
|
13 | 13 | * :ref:`custom-hooks` |
|
14 | 14 | * :ref:`clear-repo-cache` |
|
15 | 15 | * :ref:`set-repo-pub` |
|
16 | 16 | * :ref:`ping` |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | .. _web-analytics: |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 | 20 | Adding Web Analytics |
|
21 | 21 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | If you wish to add a Google Analytics, or any other kind of tracker to your |
|
24 | 24 | |RCE| instance you can add the necessary codes to the header or footer |
|
25 | 25 | section of each instance using the following steps: |
|
26 | 26 | |
|
27 | 27 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select |
|
28 | 28 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> Global` |
|
29 | 29 | 2. To add a tracking code to you instance, enter it in the header or footer |
|
30 | 30 | section and select **Save** |
|
31 | 31 | |
|
32 | 32 | Use the example templates in the drop-down menu to set up your configuration. |
|
33 | 33 | |
|
34 | 34 | .. _admin-tricks-license: |
|
35 | 35 | |
|
36 | 36 | Licence Key Management |
|
37 | 37 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | To manage your license key, go to |
|
40 | 40 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> License`. |
|
41 | 41 | On this page you can see the license key details. If you need a new license, |
|
42 | 42 | or have questions about your current one, contact support@rhodecode.com |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | .. _announcements: |
|
45 | 45 | |
|
46 | 46 | Server-wide Announcements |
|
47 | 47 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
48 | 48 | |
|
49 | 49 | If you need to make a server-wide announcement to all users, |
|
50 | 50 | you can add a message to be displayed using the following steps: |
|
51 | 51 | |
|
52 | 52 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select |
|
53 | 53 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> Global` |
|
54 | 54 | 2. To add a message that will be displayed to all users, |
|
55 | 55 | select :guilabel:`Server Announcement` from the drop-down menu and |
|
56 | 56 | change the ``var message = "TYPE YOUR MESSAGE HERE";`` example line. |
|
57 | 57 | 3. Select :guilabel:`Save`, and you will see the message once your page |
|
58 | 58 | refreshes. |
|
59 | 59 | |
|
60 | 60 | .. image:: ../images/server-wide-announcement.png |
|
61 | 61 | :alt: Server Wide Announcement |
|
62 | 62 | |
|
63 | 63 | .. _md-rst: |
|
64 | 64 | |
|
65 | 65 | |
|
66 | 66 | Suppress license warnings or errors |
|
67 | 67 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
68 | 68 | |
|
69 | 69 | In case you're running on maximum allowed users, RhodeCode will display a |
|
70 | 70 | warning message on pages that you're close to the license limits. |
|
71 | 71 | It's often not desired to show that all the time. Here's how you can suppress |
|
72 | 72 | the license messages. |
|
73 | 73 | |
|
74 | 74 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select |
|
75 | 75 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> Global` |
|
76 | 76 | 2. Select :guilabel:`Flash message filtering` from the drop-down menu. |
|
77 | 77 | 3. Select :guilabel:`Save`, and you will no longer see the license message |
|
78 | 78 | once your page refreshes. |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | .. _admin-tricks-suppress-license-messages: |
|
81 | 81 | |
|
82 | 82 | |
|
83 | 83 | Markdown or RST Rendering |
|
84 | 84 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
85 | 85 | |
|
86 | 86 | |RCE| can use `Markdown`_ or `reStructured Text`_ in commit message, |
|
87 | 87 | code review messages, and inline comments. To set the default to either, |
|
88 | 88 | select your preference from the drop-down menu on the |
|
89 | 89 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> Visual` page and select |
|
90 | 90 | :guilabel:`Save settings`. |
|
91 | 91 | |
|
92 | 92 | .. _repo-stats: |
|
93 | 93 | |
|
94 | 94 | Enabling Repository Statistics |
|
95 | 95 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
96 | 96 | |
|
97 | 97 | To enable |repo| statistics, use the following steps: |
|
98 | 98 | |
|
99 | 99 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, open |
|
100 | 100 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Repositories` and select |
|
101 | 101 | :guilabel:`Edit` beside the |repo| for which you wish to enable statistics. |
|
102 | 102 | 2. Check the :guilabel:`Enable statistics` box, and select :guilabel:`Save` |
|
103 | 103 | |
|
104 | 104 | .. _server-side-merge: |
|
105 | 105 | |
|
106 | 106 | Enabling Server-side Merging |
|
107 | 107 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
108 | 108 | |
|
109 | 109 | To enable server-side merging, use the following steps: |
|
110 | 110 | |
|
111 | 111 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, open :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> VCS` |
|
112 | 112 | 2. Check the :guilabel:`Server-side merge` box, and select |
|
113 | 113 | :guilabel:`Save Settings` |
|
114 | 114 | |
|
115 | 115 | If you encounter slow performance with server-side merging enabled, check the |
|
116 | 116 | speed at which your server is performing actions. When server-side merging is |
|
117 | 117 | enabled, the following actions occurs on the server. |
|
118 | 118 | |
|
119 | 119 | * A |pr| is created in the database. |
|
120 | 120 | * A shadow |repo| is created as a working environment for the |pr|. |
|
121 | 121 | * On display, |RCE| checks if the |pr| can be merged. |
|
122 | 122 | |
|
123 | 123 | To check how fast the shadow |repo| creation is occurring on your server, use |
|
124 | 124 | the following steps: |
|
125 | 125 | |
|
126 | 126 | 1. Log into your server and create a directory in your |repos| folder. |
|
127 | 127 | 2. Clone a |repo| that is showing slow performance and time the action. |
|
128 | 128 | |
|
129 | 129 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
130 | 130 | |
|
131 | 131 | # One option is to use the time command |
|
132 | 132 | $ time hg clone SOURCE_REPO TARGET |
|
133 | 133 | |
|
134 | 134 | .. _remap-rescan: |
|
135 | 135 | |
|
136 | 136 | Remap and Rescan Repositories |
|
137 | 137 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
138 | 138 | |
|
139 | 139 | You may want to Remap and rescan the |repos| that |RCE| is managing to ensure |
|
140 | 140 | the system is always up-to-date. This is useful after importing, deleting, |
|
141 | 141 | or carrying out general cleaning up operations. To do this use the |
|
142 | 142 | following steps: |
|
143 | 143 | |
|
144 | 144 | 1. From the |RCE|, open |
|
145 | 145 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> Remap and rescan` |
|
146 | 146 | 2. Click :guilabel:`Rescan Repositories` |
|
147 | 147 | |
|
148 | 148 | Check the additional options if needed: |
|
149 | 149 | |
|
150 | 150 | * :guilabel:`Destroy old data`: Useful for purging deleted repository |
|
151 | 151 | information from the database. |
|
152 | 152 | * :guilabel:`Invalidate cache for all repositories`: Use this to completely |
|
153 | 153 | remap all |repos|. Useful when importing or migrating |repos| to ensure all |
|
154 | 154 | new information is picked up. |
|
155 | 155 | |
|
156 | 156 | .. _custom-hooks: |
|
157 | 157 | |
|
158 | 158 | Adding Custom Hooks |
|
159 | 159 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
160 | 160 | |
|
161 | 161 | To add custom hooks to your instance, use the following steps: |
|
162 | 162 | |
|
163 | 163 | 1. Open :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> Hooks` |
|
164 | 164 | 2. Add your custom hook details, you can use a file path to specify custom |
|
165 | 165 | hook scripts, for example: |
|
166 | 166 | ``pretxnchangegroup.example`` with value ``python:/path/to/custom_hook.py:my_func_name`` |
|
167 | 167 | 3. Select :guilabel:`Save` |
|
168 | 168 | |
|
169 |
Also, see the |
|
|
169 | Also, see the RhodeCode Extensions section of the :ref:`rc-tools` guide. RhodeCode | |
|
170 | 170 | Extensions can be used to add additional hooks to your instance and comes |
|
171 | 171 | with a number of pre-built plugins if you chose to install them. |
|
172 | 172 | |
|
173 | 173 | .. _clear-repo-cache: |
|
174 | 174 | |
|
175 | 175 | Clearing |repo| cache |
|
176 | 176 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
177 | 177 | |
|
178 | 178 | If you need to clear the cache for a particular |repo|, use the following steps: |
|
179 | 179 | |
|
180 | 180 | 1. Open :menuselection:`Admin --> Repositories` and select :guilabel:`Edit` |
|
181 | 181 | beside the |repo| whose cache you wish to clear. |
|
182 | 182 | 2. On the |repo| settings page, go to the :guilabel:`Caches` tab and select |
|
183 | 183 | :guilabel:`Invalidate repository cache`. |
|
184 | 184 | |
|
185 | 185 | .. _set-lang: |
|
186 | 186 | |
|
187 | 187 | Changing Default Language |
|
188 | 188 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
189 | 189 | |
|
190 | 190 | To change the default language of a |RCE| instance, change the language code |
|
191 | 191 | in the :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/rhodecode.ini` file. To |
|
192 | 192 | do this, use the following steps. |
|
193 | 193 | |
|
194 | 194 | 1. Open the :file:`rhodecode.ini` file and set the required language code. |
|
195 | 195 | |
|
196 | 196 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
197 | 197 | |
|
198 | 198 | ## Optional Languages |
|
199 | 199 | ## en(default), de, fr, it, ja, pl, pt, ru, zh |
|
200 | 200 | lang = de |
|
201 | 201 | |
|
202 | 202 | 2. Restart the |RCE| instance and check that the language has been updated. |
|
203 | 203 | |
|
204 | 204 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
205 | 205 | |
|
206 | 206 | $ rccontrol restart enterprise-2 |
|
207 | 207 | Instance "enterprise-2" successfully stopped. |
|
208 | 208 | Instance "enterprise-2" successfully started. |
|
209 | 209 | |
|
210 | 210 | .. image:: ../images/language.png |
|
211 | 211 | |
|
212 | 212 | .. _set-repo-pub: |
|
213 | 213 | |
|
214 | 214 | Setting Repositories to Publish |
|
215 | 215 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
216 | 216 | |
|
217 | 217 | To automatically promote your local |repos| to public after pushing to |RCE|, |
|
218 | 218 | enable the :guilabel:`Set repositories as publishing` option on the |
|
219 | 219 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> VCS` page. |
|
220 | 220 | |
|
221 | 221 | .. note:: |
|
222 | 222 | |
|
223 | 223 | This option is enabled by default on most |RCE| versions, but if upgrading |
|
224 | 224 | from a 1.7.x version it could be disabled on upgrade due to inheriting |
|
225 | 225 | older default settings. |
|
226 | 226 | |
|
227 | 227 | .. _ping: |
|
228 | 228 | |
|
229 | 229 | Pinging the |RCE| Server |
|
230 | 230 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
231 | 231 | |
|
232 | 232 | You can check the IP Address of your |RCE| instance using the |
|
233 | 233 | following URL: ``{instance-URL}/_admin/ping``. |
|
234 | 234 | |
|
235 | 235 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
236 | 236 | |
|
237 | 237 | $ curl https://your.rhodecode.url/_admin/ping |
|
238 | 238 | pong[rce-7880] => 203.0.113.23 |
|
239 | 239 | |
|
240 | 240 | .. _Markdown: http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ |
|
241 | 241 | .. _reStructured Text: http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/index.html |
@@ -1,55 +1,55 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _apache-wsgi-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Apache WSGI Configuration |
|
4 | 4 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
|RC |
|
|
6 | |RCE| can also be set up with Apache under ``mod_wsgi``. To configure this | |
|
7 | 7 | use the following steps. |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | 1. Install ``mod_wsgi`` using the following command: |
|
10 | 10 | ``aptitude install libapache2-mod-wsgi``. |
|
11 | 11 | 2. Enable ``mod_wsgi`` using the following command: ``a2enmod wsgi`` |
|
12 | 12 | 3. Create a ``wsgi`` dispatch script, using the following examples. |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | WSGIDaemonProcess pylons \ |
|
17 | 17 | threads=4 \ |
|
18 | 18 | # check the python virtual env location |
|
19 | 19 | python-path=/home/web/rhodecode/pyenv/lib/python2.6/site-packages |
|
20 | 20 | # Check the install location |
|
21 | 21 | WSGIScriptAlias / /home/web/rhodecode/dispatch.wsgi |
|
22 | 22 | WSGIPassAuthorization On |
|
23 | 23 | # user=www-data group=www-data # Enable if running Apache as root |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | .. note:: |
|
26 | 26 | |
|
27 | 27 | Do not set ``processes=num`` in this configuration file. Running |RCE| in |
|
28 | 28 | multiprocess mode with Apache is not supported. |
|
29 | 29 | |
|
30 | 30 | The following is an example ``wsgi`` dispatch script. |
|
31 | 31 | |
|
32 | 32 | .. code-block:: python |
|
33 | 33 | |
|
34 | 34 | import os |
|
35 | 35 | os.environ["HGENCODING"] = "UTF-8" |
|
36 | 36 | os.environ['PYTHON_EGG_CACHE'] = '/home/web/rhodecode/.egg-cache' |
|
37 | 37 | |
|
38 | 38 | # Set the current dir |
|
39 | 39 | os.chdir('/home/web/rhodecode/') |
|
40 | 40 | |
|
41 | 41 | import site |
|
42 | 42 | site.addsitedir("/home/web/rhodecode/pyenv/lib/python2.6/site-packages") |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | from paste.deploy import loadapp |
|
45 | 45 | from paste.script.util.logging_config import fileConfig |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | fileConfig('/home/web/rhodecode/production.ini') |
|
48 | 48 | application = loadapp('config:/home/web/rhodecode/production.ini') |
|
49 | 49 | |
|
50 | 50 | .. note:: |
|
51 | 51 | |
|
52 | 52 | When using `mod_wsgi` the same version of |hg| must be running in your |
|
53 |
system's |PY| environment and on |RC |
|
|
53 | system's |PY| environment and on |RCE|. To check the |RCE| version, | |
|
54 | 54 | on the interface go to |
|
55 | 55 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> System Info` |
@@ -1,74 +1,74 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _config-files: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Configuration Files Overview |
|
4 | 4 | ============================ |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | |RCE| and |RCC| have a number of different configuration files. The following |
|
7 | 7 | is a brief explanation of each, and links to their associated configuration |
|
8 | 8 | sections. |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | .. rst-class:: dl-horizontal |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 | 12 | \- **rhodecode.ini** |
|
13 | 13 | Default location: |
|
14 | 14 | :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/rhodecode.ini` |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | This is the main |RCE| configuration file and controls much of its |
|
17 | 17 | default behaviour. It is also used to configure certain customer |
|
18 | 18 | settings. Here are some of the most common reasons to make changes to |
|
19 | 19 | this file. |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | * :ref:`config-database` |
|
22 | 22 | * :ref:`set-up-mail` |
|
23 | 23 | * :ref:`increase-gunicorn` |
|
24 | 24 | * :ref:`x-frame` |
|
25 | 25 | |
|
26 | 26 | \- **mapping.ini** |
|
27 | 27 | Default location: |
|
28 | 28 | :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/mapping.ini` |
|
29 | 29 | |
|
30 | 30 | This file is used to control the |RCE| indexer. It comes configured |
|
31 | 31 | to index your instance. To change the default configuration, see |
|
32 | 32 | :ref:`advanced-indexing`. |
|
33 | 33 | |
|
34 | 34 | \- **vcsserver.ini** |
|
35 | 35 | Default location: |
|
36 | 36 | :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{vcsserver-id}/vcsserver.ini` |
|
37 | 37 | |
|
38 | 38 | The VCS Server handles the connection between your |repos| and |RCE|. |
|
39 | 39 | See the :ref:`vcs-server` section for configuration options and more |
|
40 | 40 | detailed information. |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | \- **supervisord.ini** |
|
43 | 43 | Default location: |
|
44 | 44 | :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/supervisor/supervisord.ini` |
|
45 | 45 | |
|
46 | 46 | |RCC| uses Supervisor to monitor and manage installed instances of |
|
47 | 47 | |RCE| and the VCS Server. |RCC| will manage this file completely, |
|
48 | 48 | unless you install |RCE| in self-managed mode. For more information, |
|
49 | 49 | see the :ref:`Supervisor Setup<control:supervisor-setup>` section. |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 | 51 | \- **.rccontrol.ini** |
|
52 | 52 | Default location: :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol.ini` |
|
53 | 53 | |
|
54 | 54 | This file contains the instances that |RCC| starts at boot, which is all |
|
55 | 55 | by default, but for more information, see |
|
56 | 56 | the :ref:`Manually Start At Boot <control:set-start-boot>` section. |
|
57 | 57 | |
|
58 | 58 | \- **.rhoderc** |
|
59 | 59 | Default location: :file:`/home/{user}/.rhoderc` |
|
60 | 60 | |
|
61 | 61 | This file is used by the |RCE| API when accessing an instance from a |
|
62 | 62 | remote machine. The API checks this file for connection and |
|
63 | 63 | authentication details. For more details, see the :ref:`config-rhoderc` |
|
64 | 64 | section. |
|
65 | 65 | |
|
66 | 66 | \- **MANIFEST** |
|
67 | 67 | Default location: :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/cache/MANIFEST` |
|
68 | 68 | |
|
69 | 69 | |RCC| uses this file to source the latest available builds from the |
|
70 |
secure |
|
|
70 | secure RhodeCode download channels. The only reason to mess with this file | |
|
71 | 71 | is if you need to do an offline installation, |
|
72 | 72 | see the :ref:`Offline Installation<control:offline-installer-ref>` |
|
73 | 73 | instructions, otherwise |RCC| will completely manage this file. |
|
74 | 74 |
@@ -1,50 +1,50 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _glossary: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Glossary |
|
4 | 4 | ======== |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | .. glossary:: |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | DVCS |
|
9 | 9 | Distributed Version Control System, usually referring to |git| or |hg|. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | Extension |
|
12 | 12 | An extension extends the capabilities of, or the data available to, |
|
13 | 13 | an existing software application. |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | Full-text Search |
|
16 | 16 | Indexing all files and |repos| managed by |RCE| and |
|
17 | 17 | making this data searchable from the interface. |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 | 19 | Gist |
|
20 | 20 | A note that can only be edited by the author and shared using its |
|
21 | 21 | link within others. The sharing permissions can be set during |
|
22 | 22 | its creation. |
|
23 | 23 | |
|
24 | 24 | Gunicorn |
|
25 | 25 | A Python WSGI HTTP Server used by |RCE|. |
|
26 | 26 | |
|
27 | 27 | Hook |
|
28 | 28 | A hook intercepts function calls, messages, or events passed between |
|
29 | 29 | software components and can be used to trigger plugins, or their |
|
30 | 30 | extensions. |
|
31 | 31 | |
|
32 | 32 | Horizontal scaling |
|
33 | 33 | Adding more machines or workers into your pool of resources. |
|
34 | 34 | |
|
35 | 35 | Instance |
|
36 |
A single installed version of one of the |
|
|
36 | A single installed version of one of the RhodeCode products. It could | |
|
37 | 37 | refer to |RCE| or the VCS server depending on the context. |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | Plugin |
|
40 | 40 | A Plugin is software that adds a specific feature to an existing |
|
41 | 41 | software application. |
|
42 | 42 | |
|
43 | 43 | tmpfs |
|
44 | 44 | Temporary file storage kept in volatile memory instead of persistent |
|
45 | 45 | storage. |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | VCS Server |
|
48 | 48 | The VCS Server handles the abstraction layer between the |
|
49 | 49 | supported version control systems and RhodeCode Enterprise. |
|
50 | 50 |
@@ -1,276 +1,276 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _indexing-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Full-text Search |
|
4 | 4 | ---------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
By default |
|
|
6 | By default RhodeCode is configured to use `Whoosh`_ to index |repos| and | |
|
7 | 7 | provide full-text search. |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | |RCE| also provides support for `Elasticsearch`_ as a backend for scalable |
|
10 | 10 | search. See :ref:`enable-elasticsearch` for details. |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 | 12 | Indexing |
|
13 | 13 | ^^^^^^^^ |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | To run the indexer you need to use an |authtoken| with admin rights to all |
|
16 | 16 | |repos|. |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | To index new content added, you have the option to set the indexer up in a |
|
19 | 19 | number of ways, for example: |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | * Call the indexer via a cron job. We recommend running this nightly, |
|
22 | 22 | unless you need everything indexed immediately. |
|
23 | 23 | * Set the indexer to infinitely loop and reindex as soon as it has run its |
|
24 | 24 | cycle. |
|
25 | 25 | * Hook the indexer up with your CI server to reindex after each push. |
|
26 | 26 | |
|
27 | 27 | The indexer works by indexing new commits added since the last run. If you |
|
28 | 28 | wish to build a brand new index from scratch each time, |
|
29 | 29 | use the ``force`` option in the configuration file. |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | .. important:: |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | 33 | You need to have |RCT| installed, see :ref:`install-tools`. Since |RCE| |
|
34 | 34 | 3.5.0 they are installed by default. |
|
35 | 35 | |
|
36 | 36 | To set up indexing, use the following steps: |
|
37 | 37 | |
|
38 | 38 | 1. :ref:`config-rhoderc`, if running tools remotely. |
|
39 | 39 | 2. :ref:`run-index` |
|
40 | 40 | 3. :ref:`set-index` |
|
41 | 41 | 4. :ref:`advanced-indexing` |
|
42 | 42 | |
|
43 | 43 | .. _config-rhoderc: |
|
44 | 44 | |
|
45 | 45 | Configure the ``.rhoderc`` File |
|
46 | 46 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
47 | 47 | |
|
48 | 48 | |RCT| uses the :file:`/home/{user}/.rhoderc` file for connection details |
|
49 |
to |RC |
|
|
49 | to |RCE| instances. If this file is not automatically created, | |
|
50 | 50 | you can configure it using the following example. You need to configure the |
|
51 | 51 | details for each instance you want to index. |
|
52 | 52 | |
|
53 | 53 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
54 | 54 | |
|
55 | 55 | # Check the instance details |
|
56 | 56 | # of the instance you want to index |
|
57 | 57 | $ rccontrol status |
|
58 | 58 | |
|
59 | 59 | - NAME: enterprise-1 |
|
60 | 60 | - STATUS: RUNNING |
|
61 | 61 | - TYPE: Momentum |
|
62 | 62 | - VERSION: 1.5.0 |
|
63 | 63 | - URL: http://127.0.0.1:10000 |
|
64 | 64 | |
|
65 |
To get your API Token, on the |RC |
|
|
65 | To get your API Token, on the |RCE| interface go to | |
|
66 | 66 | :menuselection:`username --> My Account --> Auth tokens` |
|
67 | 67 | |
|
68 | 68 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
69 | 69 | |
|
70 | 70 | # Configure .rhoderc with matching details |
|
71 | 71 | # This allows the indexer to connect to the instance |
|
72 | 72 | [instance:enterprise-1] |
|
73 | 73 | api_host = http://127.0.0.1:10000 |
|
74 | 74 | api_key = <auth token goes here> |
|
75 | 75 | repo_dir = /home/<username>/repos |
|
76 | 76 | |
|
77 | 77 | .. _run-index: |
|
78 | 78 | |
|
79 | 79 | Run the Indexer |
|
80 | 80 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
81 | 81 | |
|
82 | 82 | Run the indexer using the following command, and specify the instance you |
|
83 | 83 | want to index: |
|
84 | 84 | |
|
85 | 85 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
86 | 86 | |
|
87 | 87 | # From inside a virtualevv |
|
88 | 88 | (venv)$ rhodecode-index --instance-name=enterprise-1 |
|
89 | 89 | |
|
90 | 90 | # Using default installation |
|
91 | 91 | $ /home/user/.rccontrol/enterprise-1/profile/bin/rhodecode-index \ |
|
92 | 92 | --instance-name=enterprise-1 |
|
93 | 93 | |
|
94 | 94 | # Using a custom mapping file |
|
95 | 95 | $ /home/user/.rccontrol/enterprise-1/profile/bin/rhodecode-index \ |
|
96 | 96 | --instance-name=enterprise-1 \ |
|
97 | 97 | --mapping=/home/user/.rccontrol/enterprise-1/mapping.ini |
|
98 | 98 | |
|
99 | 99 | .. note:: |
|
100 | 100 | |
|
101 | 101 | In case of often indexing the index may become fragmented. Most often a result of that |
|
102 | 102 | is error about `too many open files`. To fix this indexer needs to be executed with |
|
103 | 103 | --optimize flag. E.g `rhodecode-index --instance-name=enterprise-1 --optimize` |
|
104 | 104 | This should be executed regularly, once a week is recommended. |
|
105 | 105 | |
|
106 | 106 | |
|
107 | 107 | .. _set-index: |
|
108 | 108 | |
|
109 | 109 | Schedule the Indexer |
|
110 | 110 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
111 | 111 | |
|
112 | 112 | To schedule the indexer, configure the crontab file to run the indexer inside |
|
113 | 113 | your |RCT| virtualenv using the following steps. |
|
114 | 114 | |
|
115 | 115 | 1. Open the crontab file, using ``crontab -e``. |
|
116 | 116 | 2. Add the indexer to the crontab, and schedule it to run as regularly as you |
|
117 | 117 | wish. |
|
118 | 118 | 3. Save the file. |
|
119 | 119 | |
|
120 | 120 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
121 | 121 | |
|
122 | 122 | $ crontab -e |
|
123 | 123 | |
|
124 | 124 | # The virtualenv can be called using its full path, so for example you can |
|
125 | 125 | # put this example into the crontab |
|
126 | 126 | |
|
127 | 127 | # Run the indexer daily at 4am using the default mapping settings |
|
128 | 128 | * 4 * * * /home/ubuntu/.virtualenv/rhodecode-venv/bin/rhodecode-index \ |
|
129 | 129 | --instance-name=enterprise-1 |
|
130 | 130 | |
|
131 | 131 | # Run the indexer every Sunday at 3am using default mapping |
|
132 | 132 | * 3 * * 0 /home/ubuntu/.virtualenv/rhodecode-venv/bin/rhodecode-index \ |
|
133 | 133 | --instance-name=enterprise-1 |
|
134 | 134 | |
|
135 | 135 | # Run the indexer every 15 minutes |
|
136 | 136 | # using a specially configured mapping file |
|
137 | 137 | */15 * * * * ~/.rccontrol/enterprise-4/profile/bin/rhodecode-index \ |
|
138 | 138 | --instance-name=enterprise-4 \ |
|
139 | 139 | --mapping=/home/user/.rccontrol/enterprise-4/mapping.ini |
|
140 | 140 | |
|
141 | 141 | .. _advanced-indexing: |
|
142 | 142 | |
|
143 | 143 | Advanced Indexing |
|
144 | 144 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
145 | 145 | |
|
146 | 146 | |RCT| indexes based on the :file:`mapping.ini` file. To configure your index, |
|
147 | 147 | you can specify different options in this file. The default location is: |
|
148 | 148 | |
|
149 | 149 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/mapping.ini`, using default |
|
150 | 150 | |RCT|. |
|
151 | 151 | * :file:`~/venv/lib/python2.7/site-packages/rhodecode_tools/templates/mapping.ini`, |
|
152 | 152 | when using ``virtualenv``. |
|
153 | 153 | |
|
154 | 154 | .. note:: |
|
155 | 155 | |
|
156 | 156 | If you need to create the :file:`mapping.ini` file, use the |RCT| |
|
157 | 157 | ``rhodecode-index --create-mapping path/to/file`` API call. For details, |
|
158 | 158 | see the :ref:`tools-cli` section. |
|
159 | 159 | |
|
160 | 160 | The indexer runs in a random order to prevent a failing |repo| from stopping |
|
161 | 161 | a build. To configure different indexing scenarios, set the following options |
|
162 | 162 | inside the :file:`mapping.ini` and specify the altered file using the |
|
163 | 163 | ``--mapping`` option. |
|
164 | 164 | |
|
165 | 165 | * ``index_files`` : Index the specified file types. |
|
166 | 166 | * ``skip_files`` : Do not index the specified file types. |
|
167 | 167 | * ``index_files_content`` : Index the content of the specified file types. |
|
168 | 168 | * ``skip_files_content`` : Do not index the content of the specified files. |
|
169 | 169 | * ``force`` : Create a fresh index on each run. |
|
170 | 170 | * ``max_filesize`` : Files larger than the set size will not be indexed. |
|
171 | 171 | * ``commit_parse_limit`` : Set the batch size when indexing commit messages. |
|
172 | 172 | Set to a lower number to lessen memory load. |
|
173 | 173 | * ``repo_limit`` : Set the maximum number or |repos| indexed per run. |
|
174 | 174 | * ``[INCLUDE]`` : Set |repos| you want indexed. This takes precedent over |
|
175 | 175 | ``[EXCLUDE]``. |
|
176 | 176 | * ``[EXCLUDE]`` : Set |repos| you do not want indexed. Exclude can be used to |
|
177 | 177 | not index branches, forks, or log |repos|. |
|
178 | 178 | |
|
179 | 179 | At the end of the file you can specify conditions for specific |repos| that |
|
180 | 180 | will override the default values. To configure your indexer, |
|
181 | 181 | use the following example :file:`mapping.ini` file. |
|
182 | 182 | |
|
183 | 183 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
184 | 184 | |
|
185 | 185 | [__DEFAULT__] |
|
186 | 186 | # default patterns for indexing files and content of files. |
|
187 | 187 | # Binary files are skipped by default. |
|
188 | 188 | |
|
189 | 189 | # Index python and markdown files |
|
190 | 190 | index_files = *.py, *.md |
|
191 | 191 | |
|
192 | 192 | # Do not index these file types |
|
193 | 193 | skip_files = *.svg, *.log, *.dump, *.txt |
|
194 | 194 | |
|
195 | 195 | # Index both file types and their content |
|
196 | 196 | index_files_content = *.cpp, *.ini, *.py |
|
197 | 197 | |
|
198 | 198 | # Index file names, but not file content |
|
199 | 199 | skip_files_content = *.svg, |
|
200 | 200 | |
|
201 | 201 | # Force rebuilding an index from scratch. Each repository will be rebuild |
|
202 | 202 | # from scratch with a global flag. Use local flag to rebuild single repos |
|
203 | 203 | force = false |
|
204 | 204 | |
|
205 | 205 | # Do not index files larger than 385KB |
|
206 | 206 | max_filesize = 385KB |
|
207 | 207 | |
|
208 | 208 | # Limit commit indexing to 500 per batch |
|
209 | 209 | commit_parse_limit = 500 |
|
210 | 210 | |
|
211 | 211 | # Limit each index run to 25 repos |
|
212 | 212 | repo_limit = 25 |
|
213 | 213 | |
|
214 | 214 | # __INCLUDE__ is more important that __EXCLUDE__. |
|
215 | 215 | |
|
216 | 216 | [__INCLUDE__] |
|
217 | 217 | # Include all repos with these names |
|
218 | 218 | |
|
219 | 219 | docs/* = 1 |
|
220 | 220 | lib/* = 1 |
|
221 | 221 | |
|
222 | 222 | [__EXCLUDE__] |
|
223 | 223 | # Do not include the following repo in index |
|
224 | 224 | |
|
225 | 225 | dev-docs/* = 1 |
|
226 | 226 | legacy-repos/* = 1 |
|
227 | 227 | *-dev/* = 1 |
|
228 | 228 | |
|
229 | 229 | # Each repo that needs special indexing is a separate section below. |
|
230 | 230 | # In each section set the options to override the global configuration |
|
231 | 231 | # parameters above. |
|
232 | 232 | # If special settings are not configured, the global configuration values |
|
233 | 233 | # above are inherited. If no special repositories are |
|
234 | 234 | # defined here RhodeCode will use the API to ask for all repositories |
|
235 | 235 | |
|
236 | 236 | # For this repo use different settings |
|
237 | 237 | [special-repo] |
|
238 | 238 | commit_parse_limit = 20, |
|
239 | 239 | skip_files = *.idea, *.xml, |
|
240 | 240 | |
|
241 | 241 | # For another repo use different settings |
|
242 | 242 | [another-special-repo] |
|
243 | 243 | index_files = *, |
|
244 | 244 | max_filesize = 800MB |
|
245 | 245 | commit_parse_limit = 20000 |
|
246 | 246 | |
|
247 | 247 | .. _enable-elasticsearch: |
|
248 | 248 | |
|
249 | 249 | Enabling Elasticsearch |
|
250 | 250 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
251 | 251 | |
|
252 | 252 | 1. Open the :file:`rhodecode.ini` file for the instance you wish to edit. The |
|
253 | 253 | default location is |
|
254 | 254 | :file:`home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/rhodecode.ini` |
|
255 | 255 | 2. Find the search configuration section: |
|
256 | 256 | |
|
257 | 257 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
258 | 258 | |
|
259 | 259 | ################################### |
|
260 | 260 | ## SEARCH INDEXING CONFIGURATION ## |
|
261 | 261 | ################################### |
|
262 | 262 | |
|
263 | 263 | search.module = rhodecode.lib.index.whoosh |
|
264 | 264 | search.location = %(here)s/data/index |
|
265 | 265 | |
|
266 | 266 | and change it to: |
|
267 | 267 | |
|
268 | 268 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
269 | 269 | |
|
270 | 270 | search.module = rc_elasticsearch |
|
271 | 271 | search.location = http://localhost:9200/ |
|
272 | 272 | |
|
273 | 273 | where ``search.location`` points to the elasticsearch server. |
|
274 | 274 | |
|
275 | 275 | .. _Whoosh: https://pypi.python.org/pypi/Whoosh/ |
|
276 | 276 | .. _Elasticsearch: https://www.elastic.co/ No newline at end of file |
@@ -1,12 +1,12 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _public-access: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Public Access |
|
4 | 4 | ------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
By default |RC |
|
|
6 | By default |RCE| allows users to read all **public** |repos|. User | |
|
7 | 7 | permissions and |repo| access can be configured explicitly, |
|
8 | 8 | and those permissions will override any default settings. The default |
|
9 | 9 | settings can be found under the following section: |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | * :menuselection:`Admin --> Permissions --> Object` |
|
12 | 12 | * :menuselection:`Admin --> Permissions --> Global` |
@@ -1,69 +1,69 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _permissions-default-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Setting Default Permissions |
|
4 | 4 | --------------------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
Default permissions allow you to configure |RC |
|
|
6 | Default permissions allow you to configure |RCE| so that when a new |repo|, user group, | |
|
7 | 7 | or user is created their permissions are already defined. To set default permissions you need administrator |
|
8 | 8 | privileges. See the following sections for setting up your permissions system: |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | * :ref:`user-default-ref` |
|
11 | 11 | * :ref:`user-group-default-ref` |
|
12 | 12 | * :ref:`repo-default-ref` |
|
13 | 13 | * :ref:`repo-group-default-ref` |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | .. _user-default-ref: |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 | 17 | Setting User defaults |
|
18 | 18 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 | 20 | To set default user permissions, use the following steps. |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 |
1. From the |RC |
|
|
22 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select :menuselection:`Admin --> Permissions` | |
|
23 | 23 | 2. Select the :guilabel:`Global` tab from the left-hand menu. The permissions |
|
24 | 24 | set on this screen apply to users and user-groups across the whole instance. |
|
25 | 25 | 3. Save your changes |
|
26 | 26 | |
|
27 | 27 | .. _user-group-default-ref: |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | Setting User Group defaults |
|
30 | 30 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
31 | 31 | |
|
32 | 32 | To set default user group permissions, use the following steps. |
|
33 | 33 | |
|
34 |
1. From the |RC |
|
|
34 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select :menuselection:`Admin --> User groups` | |
|
35 | 35 | 2. Select :guilabel:`Permissions`, and configure the default user |
|
36 | 36 | permissions. All users will get these permissions unless |
|
37 | 37 | individually set. |
|
38 | 38 | 3. Select :guilabel:`Global permissions`, and if you wish to configure |
|
39 | 39 | non-standard behaviour, uncheck the |
|
40 | 40 | :guilabel:`inherit from default settings` box and configure the desired |
|
41 | 41 | permissions |
|
42 | 42 | 4. Save your changes |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | .. _repo-default-ref: |
|
45 | 45 | |
|
46 | 46 | Setting Repository defaults |
|
47 | 47 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
48 | 48 | |
|
49 | 49 | To set default |repo| permissions, use the following steps. |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 |
1. From the |RC |
|
|
51 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select :menuselection:`Admin --> Permissions` | |
|
52 | 52 | 2. Select the :guilabel:`Object` tab from the left-hand menu and set the |
|
53 | 53 | |perm| permissions |
|
54 | 54 | 3. Save your changes |
|
55 | 55 | |
|
56 | 56 | .. _repo-group-default-ref: |
|
57 | 57 | |
|
58 | 58 | Setting Repository Group defaults |
|
59 | 59 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
60 | 60 | |
|
61 | 61 | To set default Repository Group permissions, use the following steps. |
|
62 | 62 | |
|
63 |
1. From the |RC |
|
|
63 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select :menuselection:`Admin --> Repository Groups` | |
|
64 | 64 | 2. Select :guilabel:`Edit` beside the |repo| group you wish to configure |
|
65 | 65 | 3. On the left-hand pane select :guilabel:`Permissions` |
|
66 | 66 | 4. Set the default permissions for all |repos| created in this group |
|
67 | 67 | 5. Save your changes |
|
68 | 68 | |
|
69 | 69 | .. |perm| replace:: :guilabel:`None, Read, Write, or Admin` |
@@ -1,26 +1,26 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _permissions-info-add-group-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Repository Administration |
|
4 | 4 | ========================= |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
Repository permissions in |RC |
|
|
6 | Repository permissions in |RCE| can be managed in a number of different ways. | |
|
7 | 7 | This overview should give you an insight into how you could adopt particular |
|
8 | 8 | settings for your needs: |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | * Global |repo| permissions: This allows you to set the default permissions |
|
11 |
for each new |repo| created within |RC |
|
|
11 | for each new |repo| created within |RCE|, see :ref:`repo-default-ref`. All | |
|
12 | 12 | |repos| created will inherit these permissions unless explicitly configured. |
|
13 | 13 | * Individual |repo| permissions: To set individual |repo| permissions, |
|
14 | 14 | see :ref:`set-repo-perms`. |
|
15 | 15 | * Repository Group permissions: This allows you to define the permissions for |
|
16 | 16 | a group, and all |repos| created within that group will inherit the same |
|
17 | 17 | permissions. |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 | 19 | .. toctree:: |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | repo-perm-steps |
|
22 | 22 | repo-extra-fields |
|
23 | 23 | repo-hooks |
|
24 | 24 | repo-issue-tracker |
|
25 | 25 | repo-vcs |
|
26 | 26 |
@@ -1,171 +1,171 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _system-overview-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | System Overview |
|
4 | 4 | =============== |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | Latest Version |
|
7 | 7 | -------------- |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | * |release| on Unix and Windows systems. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | System Architecture |
|
12 | 12 | ------------------- |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | The following diagram shows a typical production architecture. |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | .. image:: ../images/architecture-diagram.png |
|
17 | 17 | :align: center |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 | 19 | Supported Operating Systems |
|
20 | 20 | --------------------------- |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | Linux |
|
23 | 23 | ^^^^^ |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | * Ubuntu 14.04 |
|
26 | 26 | * CentOS 6.2 and 7 |
|
27 | 27 | * Debian 7.8 |
|
28 | 28 | * RedHat Fedora |
|
29 | 29 | * Arch Linux |
|
30 | 30 | * SUSE Linux |
|
31 | 31 | |
|
32 | 32 | Windows |
|
33 | 33 | ^^^^^^^ |
|
34 | 34 | |
|
35 | 35 | * Windows Vista Ultimate 64bit |
|
36 | 36 | * Windows 7 Ultimate 64bit |
|
37 | 37 | * Windows 8 Professional 64bit |
|
38 | 38 | * Windows 8.1 Enterprise 64bit |
|
39 | 39 | * Windows Server 2008 64bit |
|
40 | 40 | * Windows Server 2008-R2 64bit |
|
41 | 41 | * Windows Server 2012 64bit |
|
42 | 42 | |
|
43 | 43 | Supported Databases |
|
44 | 44 | ------------------- |
|
45 | 45 | |
|
46 | 46 | * SQLite |
|
47 | 47 | * MySQL |
|
48 | 48 | * MariaDB |
|
49 | 49 | * PostgreSQL |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 | 51 | Supported Browsers |
|
52 | 52 | ------------------ |
|
53 | 53 | |
|
54 | 54 | * Chrome |
|
55 | 55 | * Safari |
|
56 | 56 | * Firefox |
|
57 | 57 | * Internet Explorer 10 & 11 |
|
58 | 58 | |
|
59 | 59 | System Requirements |
|
60 | 60 | ------------------- |
|
61 | 61 | |
|
62 |
|RC |
|
|
62 | |RCE| performs best on machines with ultra-fast hard disks. Generally disk | |
|
63 | 63 | performance is more important than CPU performance. In a corporate production |
|
64 | 64 | environment handling 1000s of users and |repos| you should deploy on a 12+ |
|
65 | 65 | core 64GB RAM server. In short, the more RAM the better. |
|
66 | 66 | |
|
67 | 67 | |
|
68 | 68 | For example: |
|
69 | 69 | |
|
70 | 70 | - for team of 1 - 5 active users you can run on 1GB RAM machine with 1CPU |
|
71 |
- above 250 active users, |RC |
|
|
71 | - above 250 active users, |RCE| needs at least 8GB of memory. | |
|
72 | 72 | Number of CPUs is less important, but recommended to have at least 2-3 CPUs |
|
73 | 73 | |
|
74 | 74 | |
|
75 | 75 | .. _config-rce-files: |
|
76 | 76 | |
|
77 | 77 | Configuration Files |
|
78 | 78 | ------------------- |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/rhodecode.ini` |
|
81 | 81 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/mapping.ini` |
|
82 | 82 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{vcsserver-id}/vcsserver.ini` |
|
83 | 83 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/supervisor/supervisord.ini` |
|
84 | 84 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol.ini` |
|
85 | 85 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rhoderc` |
|
86 | 86 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/cache/MANIFEST` |
|
87 | 87 | |
|
88 | 88 | For more information, see the :ref:`config-files` section. |
|
89 | 89 | |
|
90 | 90 | Log Files |
|
91 | 91 | --------- |
|
92 | 92 | |
|
93 | 93 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/enterprise.log` |
|
94 | 94 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{vcsserver-id}/vcsserver.log` |
|
95 | 95 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/supervisor/supervisord.log` |
|
96 | 96 | * :file:`/tmp/rccontrol.log` |
|
97 | 97 | * :file:`/tmp/rhodecode_tools.log` |
|
98 | 98 | |
|
99 | 99 | Storage Files |
|
100 | 100 | ------------- |
|
101 | 101 | |
|
102 | 102 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/data/index/{index-file.toc}` |
|
103 | 103 | * :file:`/home/{user}/repos/.rc_gist_store` |
|
104 | 104 | * :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/rhodecode.db` |
|
105 | 105 | * :file:`/opt/rhodecode/store/{unique-hash}` |
|
106 | 106 | |
|
107 | 107 | Default Repositories Location |
|
108 | 108 | ----------------------------- |
|
109 | 109 | |
|
110 | 110 | * :file:`/home/{user}/repos` |
|
111 | 111 | |
|
112 | 112 | Connection Methods |
|
113 | 113 | ------------------ |
|
114 | 114 | |
|
115 | 115 | * HTTPS |
|
116 | 116 | * SSH |
|
117 |
* |RC |
|
|
117 | * |RCE| API | |
|
118 | 118 | |
|
119 | 119 | Internationalization Support |
|
120 | 120 | ---------------------------- |
|
121 | 121 | |
|
122 | 122 | Currently available in the following languages, see `Transifex`_ for the |
|
123 | 123 | latest details. If you want a new language added, please contact us. To |
|
124 | 124 | configure your language settings, see the :ref:`set-lang` section. |
|
125 | 125 | |
|
126 | 126 | .. hlist:: |
|
127 | 127 | |
|
128 | 128 | * Belorussian |
|
129 | 129 | * Chinese |
|
130 | 130 | * French |
|
131 | 131 | * German |
|
132 | 132 | * Italian |
|
133 | 133 | * Japanese |
|
134 | 134 | * Portuguese |
|
135 | 135 | * Polish |
|
136 | 136 | * Russian |
|
137 | 137 | * Spanish |
|
138 | 138 | |
|
139 | 139 | Licencing Information |
|
140 | 140 | --------------------- |
|
141 | 141 | |
|
142 | 142 | * See licencing information `here`_ |
|
143 | 143 | |
|
144 | 144 | Peer-to-peer Failover Support |
|
145 | 145 | ----------------------------- |
|
146 | 146 | |
|
147 | 147 | * Yes |
|
148 | 148 | |
|
149 | 149 | Additional Binaries |
|
150 | 150 | ------------------- |
|
151 | 151 | |
|
152 | 152 | * Yes, see :ref:`rhodecode-nix-ref` for full details. |
|
153 | 153 | |
|
154 | 154 | Remote Connectivity |
|
155 | 155 | ------------------- |
|
156 | 156 | |
|
157 | 157 | * Available |
|
158 | 158 | |
|
159 | 159 | Executable Files |
|
160 | 160 | ---------------- |
|
161 | 161 | |
|
162 | 162 | Windows: :file:`RhodeCode-installer-{version}.exe` |
|
163 | 163 | |
|
164 | 164 | Deprecated Support |
|
165 | 165 | ------------------ |
|
166 | 166 | |
|
167 | 167 | - Internet Explorer 8 support deprecated since version 3.7.0. |
|
168 | 168 | - Internet Explorer 9 support deprecated since version 3.8.0. |
|
169 | 169 | |
|
170 | 170 | .. _here: https://rhodecode.com/licenses/ |
|
171 | 171 | .. _Transifex: https://www.transifex.com/projects/p/RhodeCode/ |
@@ -1,23 +1,23 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _user-admin-set: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | User Administration |
|
4 | 4 | =================== |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
|RC |
|
|
6 | |RCE| enables you to define permissions for the following entities within the | |
|
7 | 7 | system; **users**, **user groups**, **repositories**, **repository groups**. |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | Within each one of these entities you can set default settings, |
|
10 | 10 | and then all users or |repos| inherit those default permission settings |
|
11 | 11 | unless individually defined. Each of these entities can have the following |
|
12 | 12 | permissions applied to it; |perm|. |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | .. toctree:: |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | public-access |
|
17 | 17 | default-user-perms |
|
18 | 18 | adding-anonymous-user |
|
19 | 19 | adding-new-user |
|
20 | 20 | setting-default-permissions |
|
21 | 21 | setting-usergroup-permissions |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | .. |perm| replace:: **None**, **Read**, **Write**, or **Admin** No newline at end of file |
@@ -1,324 +1,324 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _vcs-server: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | VCS Server Management |
|
4 | 4 | --------------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
The VCS Server handles |RC |
|
|
7 |
a VCS Server to run with a |RC |
|
|
8 |
the connection between |RC |
|
|
6 | The VCS Server handles |RCE| backend functionality. You need to configure | |
|
7 | a VCS Server to run with a |RCE| instance. If you do not, you will be missing | |
|
8 | the connection between |RCE| and its |repos|. This will cause error messages | |
|
9 | 9 | on the web interface. You can run your setup in the following configurations, |
|
10 | 10 | currently the best performance is one of following: |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 |
* One VCS Server per |RC |
|
|
12 | * One VCS Server per |RCE| instance. | |
|
13 | 13 | * One VCS Server handling multiple instances. |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | .. important:: |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 | 17 | If your server locale settings are not correctly configured, |
|
18 | 18 | |RCE| and the VCS Server can run into issues. See this `Ask Ubuntu`_ post |
|
19 | 19 | which explains the problem and gives a solution. |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | For more information, see the following sections: |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | * :ref:`install-vcs` |
|
24 | 24 | * :ref:`config-vcs` |
|
25 | 25 | * :ref:`vcs-server-options` |
|
26 | 26 | * :ref:`vcs-server-versions` |
|
27 | 27 | * :ref:`vcs-server-maintain` |
|
28 | 28 | * :ref:`vcs-server-config-file` |
|
29 | 29 | * :ref:`svn-http` |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | .. _install-vcs: |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | 33 | VCS Server Installation |
|
34 | 34 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
35 | 35 | |
|
36 | 36 | To install a VCS Server, see |
|
37 | 37 | :ref:`Installing a VCS server <control:install-vcsserver>`. |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | .. _config-vcs: |
|
40 | 40 | |
|
41 | 41 | Hooking |RCE| to its VCS Server |
|
42 | 42 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | To configure a |RCE| instance to use a VCS server, see |
|
45 | 45 | :ref:`Configuring the VCS Server connection <control:manually-vcsserver-ini>`. |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | .. _vcs-server-options: |
|
48 | 48 | |
|
49 | 49 | |RCE| VCS Server Options |
|
50 | 50 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
51 | 51 | |
|
52 |
The following list shows the available options on the |RC |
|
|
52 | The following list shows the available options on the |RCE| side of the | |
|
53 | 53 | connection to the VCS Server. The settings are configured per |
|
54 | 54 | instance in the |
|
55 | 55 | :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/rhodecode.ini` file. |
|
56 | 56 | |
|
57 | 57 | .. rst-class:: dl-horizontal |
|
58 | 58 | |
|
59 | 59 | \vcs.backends <available-vcs-systems> |
|
60 | 60 | Set a comma-separated list of the |repo| options available from the |
|
61 | 61 | web interface. The default is ``hg, git, svn``, |
|
62 | 62 | which is all |repo| types available. The order of backends is also the |
|
63 | 63 | order backend will try to detect requests type. |
|
64 | 64 | |
|
65 | 65 | \vcs.connection_timeout <seconds> |
|
66 | 66 | Set the length of time in seconds that the VCS Server waits for |
|
67 | 67 | requests to process. After the timeout expires, |
|
68 | 68 | the request is closed. The default is ``3600``. Set to a higher |
|
69 | 69 | number if you experience network latency, or timeout issues with very |
|
70 | 70 | large push/pull requests. |
|
71 | 71 | |
|
72 | 72 | \vcs.server.enable <boolean> |
|
73 | 73 | Enable or disable the VCS Server. The available options are ``true`` or |
|
74 | 74 | ``false``. The default is ``true``. |
|
75 | 75 | |
|
76 | 76 | \vcs.server <host:port> |
|
77 | 77 | Set the host, either hostname or IP Address, and port of the VCS server |
|
78 |
you wish to run with your |RC |
|
|
78 | you wish to run with your |RCE| instance. | |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
81 | 81 | |
|
82 | 82 | ################## |
|
83 | 83 | ### VCS CONFIG ### |
|
84 | 84 | ################## |
|
85 | 85 | # set this line to match your VCS Server |
|
86 | 86 | vcs.server = 127.0.0.1:10004 |
|
87 | 87 | # Set to False to disable the VCS Server |
|
88 | 88 | vcs.server.enable = True |
|
89 | 89 | vcs.backends = hg, git, svn |
|
90 | 90 | vcs.connection_timeout = 3600 |
|
91 | 91 | |
|
92 | 92 | |
|
93 | 93 | .. _vcs-server-versions: |
|
94 | 94 | |
|
95 | 95 | VCS Server Versions |
|
96 | 96 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
97 | 97 | |
|
98 | 98 | An updated version of the VCS Server is released with each |RCE| version. Use |
|
99 | 99 | the VCS Server number that matches with the |RCE| version to pair the |
|
100 | 100 | appropriate ones together. For |RCE| versions pre 3.3.0, |
|
101 | 101 | VCS Server 1.X.Y works with |RCE| 3.X.Y, for example: |
|
102 | 102 | |
|
103 | 103 | * VCS Server 1.0.0 works with |RCE| 3.0.0 |
|
104 | 104 | * VCS Server 1.2.2 works with |RCE| 3.2.2 |
|
105 | 105 | |
|
106 | 106 | For |RCE| versions post 3.3.0, the VCS Server and |RCE| version numbers |
|
107 | 107 | match, for example: |
|
108 | 108 | |
|
109 | 109 | * VCS Server |release| works with |RCE| |release| |
|
110 | 110 | |
|
111 | 111 | .. _vcs-server-maintain: |
|
112 | 112 | |
|
113 | 113 | VCS Server Memory Optimization |
|
114 | 114 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
115 | 115 | |
|
116 | 116 | To optimize the VCS server to manage the cache and memory usage efficiently, you need to |
|
117 | 117 | configure the following options in the |
|
118 | 118 | :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{vcsserver-id}/vcsserver.ini` file. Once |
|
119 | 119 | configured, restart the VCS Server. By default we use an optimal settings, but in certain |
|
120 | 120 | conditions tunning expiration_time and max_size can affect memory usage and performance |
|
121 | 121 | |
|
122 | 122 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
123 | 123 | |
|
124 | 124 | ## cache region for storing repo_objects cache |
|
125 | 125 | rc_cache.repo_object.backend = dogpile.cache.rc.memory_lru |
|
126 | 126 | |
|
127 | 127 | ## cache auto-expires after N seconds, setting this to 0 disabled cache |
|
128 | 128 | rc_cache.repo_object.expiration_time = 300 |
|
129 | 129 | |
|
130 | 130 | ## max size of LRU, old values will be discarded if the size of cache reaches max_size |
|
131 | 131 | ## Sets the maximum number of items stored in the cache, before the cache |
|
132 | 132 | ## starts to be cleared. |
|
133 | 133 | |
|
134 | 134 | ## As a general rule of thumb, running this value at 120 resulted in a |
|
135 | 135 | ## 5GB cache. Running it at 240 resulted in a 9GB cache. Your results |
|
136 | 136 | ## will differ based on usage patterns and |repo| sizes. |
|
137 | 137 | |
|
138 | 138 | ## Tweaking this value to run at a fairly constant memory load on your |
|
139 | 139 | ## server will help performance. |
|
140 | 140 | |
|
141 | 141 | rc_cache.repo_object.max_size = 120 |
|
142 | 142 | |
|
143 | 143 | |
|
144 | 144 | To clear the cache completely, you can restart the VCS Server. |
|
145 | 145 | |
|
146 | 146 | .. important:: |
|
147 | 147 | |
|
148 | 148 | While the VCS Server handles a restart gracefully on the web interface, |
|
149 | 149 | it will drop connections during push/pull requests. So it is recommended |
|
150 | 150 | you only perform this when there is very little traffic on the instance. |
|
151 | 151 | |
|
152 | 152 | Use the following example to restart your VCS Server, |
|
153 | 153 | for full details see the :ref:`RhodeCode Control CLI <control:rcc-cli>`. |
|
154 | 154 | |
|
155 | 155 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
156 | 156 | |
|
157 | 157 | $ rccontrol status |
|
158 | 158 | |
|
159 | 159 | .. code-block:: vim |
|
160 | 160 | |
|
161 | 161 | - NAME: vcsserver-1 |
|
162 | 162 | - STATUS: RUNNING |
|
163 | 163 | logs:/home/ubuntu/.rccontrol/vcsserver-1/vcsserver.log |
|
164 | 164 | - VERSION: 4.7.2 VCSServer |
|
165 | 165 | - URL: http://127.0.0.1:10008 |
|
166 | 166 | - CONFIG: /home/ubuntu/.rccontrol/vcsserver-1/vcsserver.ini |
|
167 | 167 | |
|
168 | 168 | $ rccontrol restart vcsserver-1 |
|
169 | 169 | Instance "vcsserver-1" successfully stopped. |
|
170 | 170 | Instance "vcsserver-1" successfully started. |
|
171 | 171 | |
|
172 | 172 | .. _vcs-server-config-file: |
|
173 | 173 | |
|
174 | 174 | VCS Server Configuration |
|
175 | 175 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
176 | 176 | |
|
177 | 177 | You can configure settings for multiple VCS Servers on your |
|
178 | 178 | system using their individual configuration files. Use the following |
|
179 | 179 | properties inside the configuration file to set up your system. The default |
|
180 | 180 | location is :file:`home/{user}/.rccontrol/{vcsserver-id}/vcsserver.ini`. |
|
181 | 181 | For a more detailed explanation of the logger levers, see :ref:`debug-mode`. |
|
182 | 182 | |
|
183 | 183 | .. rst-class:: dl-horizontal |
|
184 | 184 | |
|
185 | 185 | \host <ip-address> |
|
186 | 186 | Set the host on which the VCS Server will run. VCSServer is not |
|
187 | 187 | protected by any authentication, so we *highly* recommend running it |
|
188 | 188 | under localhost ip that is `127.0.0.1` |
|
189 | 189 | |
|
190 | 190 | \port <int> |
|
191 | 191 | Set the port number on which the VCS Server will be available. |
|
192 | 192 | |
|
193 | 193 | \locale <locale_utf> |
|
194 | 194 | Set the locale the VCS Server expects. |
|
195 | 195 | |
|
196 | 196 | \workers <int> |
|
197 | 197 | Set the number of process workers.Recommended |
|
198 | 198 | value is (2 * NUMBER_OF_CPUS + 1), eg 2CPU = 5 workers |
|
199 | 199 | |
|
200 | 200 | \max_requests <int> |
|
201 | 201 | The maximum number of requests a worker will process before restarting. |
|
202 | 202 | Any value greater than zero will limit the number of requests a work |
|
203 | 203 | will process before automatically restarting. This is a simple method |
|
204 | 204 | to help limit the damage of memory leaks. |
|
205 | 205 | |
|
206 | 206 | \max_requests_jitter <int> |
|
207 | 207 | The maximum jitter to add to the max_requests setting. |
|
208 | 208 | The jitter causes the restart per worker to be randomized by |
|
209 | 209 | randint(0, max_requests_jitter). This is intended to stagger worker |
|
210 | 210 | restarts to avoid all workers restarting at the same time. |
|
211 | 211 | |
|
212 | 212 | |
|
213 | 213 | .. note:: |
|
214 | 214 | |
|
215 | 215 | After making changes, you need to restart your VCS Server to pick them up. |
|
216 | 216 | |
|
217 | 217 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
218 | 218 | |
|
219 | 219 | ################################################################################ |
|
220 | 220 | # RhodeCode VCSServer with HTTP Backend - configuration # |
|
221 | 221 | # # |
|
222 | 222 | ################################################################################ |
|
223 | 223 | |
|
224 | 224 | |
|
225 | 225 | [server:main] |
|
226 | 226 | ## COMMON ## |
|
227 | 227 | host = 127.0.0.1 |
|
228 | 228 | port = 10002 |
|
229 | 229 | |
|
230 | 230 | ########################## |
|
231 | 231 | ## GUNICORN WSGI SERVER ## |
|
232 | 232 | ########################## |
|
233 | 233 | ## run with gunicorn --log-config vcsserver.ini --paste vcsserver.ini |
|
234 | 234 | use = egg:gunicorn#main |
|
235 | 235 | ## Sets the number of process workers. Recommended |
|
236 | 236 | ## value is (2 * NUMBER_OF_CPUS + 1), eg 2CPU = 5 workers |
|
237 | 237 | workers = 3 |
|
238 | 238 | ## process name |
|
239 | 239 | proc_name = rhodecode_vcsserver |
|
240 | 240 | ## type of worker class, one of sync, gevent |
|
241 | 241 | ## recommended for bigger setup is using of of other than sync one |
|
242 | 242 | worker_class = sync |
|
243 | 243 | ## The maximum number of simultaneous clients. Valid only for Gevent |
|
244 | 244 | #worker_connections = 10 |
|
245 | 245 | ## max number of requests that worker will handle before being gracefully |
|
246 | 246 | ## restarted, could prevent memory leaks |
|
247 | 247 | max_requests = 1000 |
|
248 | 248 | max_requests_jitter = 30 |
|
249 | 249 | ## amount of time a worker can spend with handling a request before it |
|
250 | 250 | ## gets killed and restarted. Set to 6hrs |
|
251 | 251 | timeout = 21600 |
|
252 | 252 | |
|
253 | 253 | [app:main] |
|
254 | 254 | use = egg:rhodecode-vcsserver |
|
255 | 255 | |
|
256 | 256 | pyramid.default_locale_name = en |
|
257 | 257 | pyramid.includes = |
|
258 | 258 | |
|
259 | 259 | ## default locale used by VCS systems |
|
260 | 260 | locale = en_US.UTF-8 |
|
261 | 261 | |
|
262 | 262 | # cache regions, please don't change |
|
263 | 263 | beaker.cache.regions = repo_object |
|
264 | 264 | beaker.cache.repo_object.type = memorylru |
|
265 | 265 | beaker.cache.repo_object.max_items = 100 |
|
266 | 266 | # cache auto-expires after N seconds |
|
267 | 267 | beaker.cache.repo_object.expire = 300 |
|
268 | 268 | beaker.cache.repo_object.enabled = true |
|
269 | 269 | |
|
270 | 270 | |
|
271 | 271 | ################################ |
|
272 | 272 | ### LOGGING CONFIGURATION #### |
|
273 | 273 | ################################ |
|
274 | 274 | [loggers] |
|
275 | 275 | keys = root, vcsserver, beaker |
|
276 | 276 | |
|
277 | 277 | [handlers] |
|
278 | 278 | keys = console |
|
279 | 279 | |
|
280 | 280 | [formatters] |
|
281 | 281 | keys = generic |
|
282 | 282 | |
|
283 | 283 | ############# |
|
284 | 284 | ## LOGGERS ## |
|
285 | 285 | ############# |
|
286 | 286 | [logger_root] |
|
287 | 287 | level = NOTSET |
|
288 | 288 | handlers = console |
|
289 | 289 | |
|
290 | 290 | [logger_vcsserver] |
|
291 | 291 | level = DEBUG |
|
292 | 292 | handlers = |
|
293 | 293 | qualname = vcsserver |
|
294 | 294 | propagate = 1 |
|
295 | 295 | |
|
296 | 296 | [logger_beaker] |
|
297 | 297 | level = DEBUG |
|
298 | 298 | handlers = |
|
299 | 299 | qualname = beaker |
|
300 | 300 | propagate = 1 |
|
301 | 301 | |
|
302 | 302 | |
|
303 | 303 | ############## |
|
304 | 304 | ## HANDLERS ## |
|
305 | 305 | ############## |
|
306 | 306 | |
|
307 | 307 | [handler_console] |
|
308 | 308 | class = StreamHandler |
|
309 | 309 | args = (sys.stderr,) |
|
310 | 310 | level = DEBUG |
|
311 | 311 | formatter = generic |
|
312 | 312 | |
|
313 | 313 | ################ |
|
314 | 314 | ## FORMATTERS ## |
|
315 | 315 | ################ |
|
316 | 316 | |
|
317 | 317 | [formatter_generic] |
|
318 | 318 | format = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(levelname)-5.5s [%(name)s] %(message)s |
|
319 | 319 | datefmt = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S |
|
320 | 320 | |
|
321 | 321 | |
|
322 | 322 | .. _Subversion Red Book: http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.7/svn-book.html#svn.ref.svn |
|
323 | 323 | |
|
324 | 324 | .. _Ask Ubuntu: http://askubuntu.com/questions/162391/how-do-i-fix-my-locale-issue |
@@ -1,208 +1,208 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _api: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | API Documentation |
|
4 | 4 | ================= |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | The |RCE| API uses a single scheme for calling all API methods. The API is |
|
7 | 7 | implemented with JSON protocol in both directions. To send API requests to |
|
8 | 8 | your instance of |RCE|, use the following URL format |
|
9 | 9 | ``<your_server>/_admin`` |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | .. note:: |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 | 13 | To use the API, you should configure the :file:`~/.rhoderc` file with |
|
14 | 14 | access details per instance. For more information, see |
|
15 | 15 | :ref:`config-rhoderc`. |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | API ACCESS FOR WEB VIEWS |
|
19 | 19 | ------------------------ |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | API access can also be turned on for each web view in |RCE| that is |
|
22 | 22 | decorated with a `@LoginRequired` decorator. To enable API access, change |
|
23 | 23 | the standard login decorator to `@LoginRequired(api_access=True)`. |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 |
From |RC |
|
|
25 | From |RCE| version 1.7.0 you can configure a white list | |
|
26 | 26 | of views that have API access enabled by default. To enable these, |
|
27 |
edit the |RC |
|
|
27 | edit the |RCE| configuration ``.ini`` file. The default location is: | |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 |
* |RC |
|
|
30 |
* |RC |
|
|
29 | * |RCE| Pre-2.2.7 :file:`root/rhodecode/data/production.ini` | |
|
30 | * |RCE| 3.0 :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/rhodecode.ini` | |
|
31 | 31 | |
|
32 | 32 | To configure the white list, edit this section of the file. In this |
|
33 | 33 | configuration example, API access is granted to the patch/diff raw file and |
|
34 | 34 | archive. |
|
35 | 35 | |
|
36 | 36 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
37 | 37 | |
|
38 | 38 | ## List of controllers (using glob syntax) that AUTH TOKENS could be used for access. |
|
39 | 39 | ## Adding ?auth_token = <token> to the url authenticates this request as if it |
|
40 | 40 | ## came from the the logged in user who own this authentication token. |
|
41 | 41 | ## |
|
42 | 42 | ## Syntax is <ControllerClass>:<function_pattern>. |
|
43 | 43 | ## The list should be "," separated and on a single line. |
|
44 | 44 | ## |
|
45 | 45 | api_access_controllers_whitelist = RepoCommitsView:repo_commit_raw,RepoCommitsView:repo_commit_patch,RepoCommitsView:repo_commit_download |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | After this change, a |RCE| view can be accessed without login by adding a |
|
48 | 48 | GET parameter ``?auth_token=<auth_token>`` to a url. For example to |
|
49 | 49 | access the raw diff. |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 | 51 | .. code-block:: html |
|
52 | 52 | |
|
53 | 53 | http://<server>/<repo>/changeset-diff/<sha>?auth_token=<auth_token> |
|
54 | 54 | |
|
55 | 55 | By default this is only enabled on RSS/ATOM feed views. Exposing raw diffs is a |
|
56 | 56 | good way to integrate with 3rd party services like code review, or build farms |
|
57 | 57 | that could download archives. |
|
58 | 58 | |
|
59 | 59 | API ACCESS |
|
60 | 60 | ---------- |
|
61 | 61 | |
|
62 | 62 | All clients are required to send JSON-RPC spec JSON data. |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
65 | 65 | |
|
66 | 66 | { |
|
67 | 67 | "id:"<id>", |
|
68 | 68 | "auth_token":"<auth_token>", |
|
69 | 69 | "method":"<method_name>", |
|
70 | 70 | "args":{"<arg_key>":"<arg_val>"} |
|
71 | 71 | } |
|
72 | 72 | |
|
73 | 73 | Example call for auto pulling from remote repositories using curl: |
|
74 | 74 | |
|
75 | 75 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
76 | 76 | |
|
77 | 77 | curl https://server.com/_admin/api -X POST -H 'content-type:text/plain' --data-binary '{"id":1, |
|
78 | 78 | "auth_token":"xe7cdb2v278e4evbdf5vs04v832v0efvcbcve4a3","method":"pull", "args":{"repoid":"CPython"}}' |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | Provide those parameters: |
|
81 | 81 | - **id** A value of any type, which is used to match the response with the |
|
82 | 82 | request that it is replying to. |
|
83 | 83 | - **auth_token** for access and permission validation. |
|
84 | 84 | - **method** is name of method to call |
|
85 | 85 | - **args** is an ``key:value`` list of arguments to pass to method |
|
86 | 86 | |
|
87 | 87 | .. note:: |
|
88 | 88 | |
|
89 | 89 | To get your |authtoken|, from the |RCE| interface, |
|
90 | 90 | go to: |
|
91 | 91 | :menuselection:`username --> My account --> Auth tokens` |
|
92 | 92 | |
|
93 | 93 | For security reasons you should always create a dedicated |authtoken| for |
|
94 | 94 | API use only. |
|
95 | 95 | |
|
96 | 96 | |
|
97 | 97 | The |RCE| API will always return a JSON-RPC response: |
|
98 | 98 | |
|
99 | 99 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
100 | 100 | |
|
101 | 101 | { |
|
102 | 102 | "id": <id>, # matching id sent by request |
|
103 | 103 | "result": "<result>"|null, # JSON formatted result, null if any errors |
|
104 | 104 | "error": "null"|<error_message> # JSON formatted error (if any) |
|
105 | 105 | } |
|
106 | 106 | |
|
107 | 107 | All responses from API will be with `HTTP/1.0 200 OK` status code. |
|
108 | 108 | If there is an error when calling the API, the *error* key will contain a |
|
109 | 109 | failure description and the *result* will be `null`. |
|
110 | 110 | |
|
111 | 111 | API CLIENT |
|
112 | 112 | ---------- |
|
113 | 113 | |
|
114 | 114 | To install the |RCE| API, see :ref:`install-tools`. To configure the API per |
|
115 | 115 | instance, see the :ref:`rc-tools` section as you need to configure a |
|
116 | 116 | :file:`~/.rhoderc` file with your |authtokens|. |
|
117 | 117 | |
|
118 | 118 | Once you have set up your instance API access, use the following examples to |
|
119 | 119 | get started. |
|
120 | 120 | |
|
121 | 121 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
122 | 122 | |
|
123 | 123 | # Getting the 'rhodecode' repository |
|
124 | 124 | # from a RhodeCode Enterprise instance |
|
125 | 125 | rhodecode-api --instance-name=enterprise-1 get_repo repoid:rhodecode |
|
126 | 126 | |
|
127 | 127 | Calling method get_repo => http://127.0.0.1:5000 |
|
128 | 128 | Server response |
|
129 | 129 | { |
|
130 | 130 | <json data> |
|
131 | 131 | } |
|
132 | 132 | |
|
133 | 133 | # Creating a new mercurial repository called 'brand-new' |
|
134 | 134 | # with a description 'Repo-description' |
|
135 | 135 | rhodecode-api --instance-name=enterprise-1 create_repo repo_name:brand-new repo_type:hg description:Repo-description |
|
136 | 136 | { |
|
137 | 137 | "error": null, |
|
138 | 138 | "id": 1110, |
|
139 | 139 | "result": { |
|
140 | 140 | "msg": "Created new repository `brand-new`", |
|
141 | 141 | "success": true, |
|
142 | 142 | "task": null |
|
143 | 143 | } |
|
144 | 144 | } |
|
145 | 145 | |
|
146 | 146 | A broken example, what not to do. |
|
147 | 147 | |
|
148 | 148 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
149 | 149 | |
|
150 | 150 | # A call missing the required arguments |
|
151 | 151 | # and not specifying the instance |
|
152 | 152 | rhodecode-api get_repo |
|
153 | 153 | |
|
154 | 154 | Calling method get_repo => http://127.0.0.1:5000 |
|
155 | 155 | Server response |
|
156 | 156 | "Missing non optional `repoid` arg in JSON DATA" |
|
157 | 157 | |
|
158 | 158 | You can specify pure JSON using the ``--format`` parameter. |
|
159 | 159 | |
|
160 | 160 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
161 | 161 | |
|
162 | 162 | rhodecode-api --format=json get_repo repoid:rhodecode |
|
163 | 163 | |
|
164 | 164 | In such case only output that this function shows is pure JSON, we can use that |
|
165 | 165 | and pipe output to some json formatter. |
|
166 | 166 | |
|
167 | 167 | If output is in pure JSON format, you can pipe output to a JSON formatter. |
|
168 | 168 | |
|
169 | 169 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
170 | 170 | |
|
171 | 171 | rhodecode-api --instance-name=enterprise-1 --format=json get_repo repoid:rhodecode | python -m json.tool |
|
172 | 172 | |
|
173 | 173 | API METHODS |
|
174 | 174 | ----------- |
|
175 | 175 | |
|
176 | 176 | Each method by default required following arguments. |
|
177 | 177 | |
|
178 | 178 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
179 | 179 | |
|
180 | 180 | id : "<id_for_response>" |
|
181 | 181 | auth_token : "<auth_token>" |
|
182 | 182 | method : "<method name>" |
|
183 | 183 | args : {} |
|
184 | 184 | |
|
185 | 185 | Use each **param** from docs and put it in args, Optional parameters |
|
186 | 186 | are not required in args. |
|
187 | 187 | |
|
188 | 188 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
189 | 189 | |
|
190 | 190 | args: {"repoid": "rhodecode"} |
|
191 | 191 | |
|
192 | 192 | .. Note: From this point on things are generated by the script in |
|
193 | 193 | `scripts/fabfile.py`. To change things below, update the docstrings in the |
|
194 | 194 | ApiController. |
|
195 | 195 | |
|
196 | 196 | .. --- API DEFS MARKER --- |
|
197 | 197 | .. toctree:: |
|
198 | 198 | |
|
199 | 199 | methods/views |
|
200 | 200 | methods/license-methods |
|
201 | 201 | methods/deprecated-methods |
|
202 | 202 | methods/gist-methods |
|
203 | 203 | methods/pull-request-methods |
|
204 | 204 | methods/repo-methods |
|
205 | 205 | methods/repo-group-methods |
|
206 | 206 | methods/server-methods |
|
207 | 207 | methods/user-methods |
|
208 | 208 | methods/user-group-methods |
@@ -1,15 +1,15 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _config-crowd-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Crowd |
|
4 | 4 | ----- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | To enable Crowd authentication, use the following steps: |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 |
1. From the |RC |
|
|
9 |
2. |
|
|
8 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, go to :menuselection:`Admin --> Authentication` | |
|
9 | 2. Activate the ``rhodecode.lib.auth_modules.auth_crowd`` library and select | |
|
10 | 10 | :guilabel:`Save` |
|
11 | 11 | 3. On the Crowd plugin settings section, do the following: |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 | 13 | * Check the :guilabel:`Enable` checkbox |
|
14 | 14 | * Enter your Crowd server settings |
|
15 | 15 | * Select :guilabel:`Save` |
@@ -1,112 +1,160 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _config-ldap-groups-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | LDAP/AD With User Groups Sync |
|
4 | 4 | ----------------------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | |RCM| supports LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) or | |
|
6 | **This plugin is available only in EE Edition.** | |
|
7 | ||
|
8 | |RCE| supports LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) or | |
|
7 | 9 | AD (active Directory) authentication. |
|
8 | All LDAP versions are supported, with the following |RCM| plugins managing each: | |
|
9 | ||
|
10 | * For LDAP/AD with user group sync use ``LDAP + User Groups (egg:rhodecode-enterprise-ee#ldap_group)`` | |
|
10 | All LDAP versions are currently supported. | |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 | 12 | RhodeCode reads all data defined from plugin and creates corresponding |
|
13 | 13 | accounts on local database after receiving data from LDAP. This is done on |
|
14 | 14 | every user log-in including operations like pushing/pulling/checkout. |
|
15 | 15 | In addition group membership is read from LDAP and following operations are done: |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 |
- automatic addition of user to |RC |
|
|
18 |
- automatic removal of user from any other |RC |
|
|
17 | - automatic addition of user to |RCE| user group | |
|
18 | - automatic removal of user from any other |RCE| user groups not specified in LDAP. | |
|
19 | 19 | The removal is done *only* on groups that are marked to be synced from ldap. |
|
20 | 20 | This setting can be changed in advanced settings on user groups |
|
21 |
- automatic creation of user groups if they aren't yet existing in |RC |
|
|
21 | - automatic creation of user groups if they aren't yet existing in |RCE| | |
|
22 | 22 | - marking user as super-admins if he is a member of any admin group defined in plugin settings |
|
23 | 23 | |
|
24 | This plugin is available only in EE Edition. | |
|
25 | 24 | |
|
26 | 25 | .. important:: |
|
27 | 26 | |
|
28 | 27 | The email used with your |RCE| super-admin account needs to match the email |
|
29 | 28 | address attached to your admin profile in LDAP. This is because |
|
30 | 29 | within |RCE| the user email needs to be unique, and multiple users |
|
31 | 30 | cannot share an email account. |
|
32 | 31 | |
|
33 | 32 | Likewise, if as an admin you also have a user account, the email address |
|
34 | 33 | attached to the user account needs to be different. |
|
35 | 34 | |
|
36 | 35 | |
|
37 | 36 | LDAP Configuration Steps |
|
38 | 37 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
39 | 38 | |
|
40 | 39 | To configure |LDAP|, use the following steps: |
|
41 | 40 | |
|
42 |
1. From the |RC |
|
|
41 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select | |
|
43 | 42 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Authentication` |
|
44 |
2. |
|
|
45 | 3. Select the :guilabel:`Enabled` check box in the plugin configuration section | |
|
46 | 4. Add the required LDAP information and :guilabel:`Save`, for more details, | |
|
43 | 2. Activate the `LDAP + User Groups` plugin and select :guilabel:`Save` | |
|
44 | 3. Go to newly available menu option called `LDAP + User Groups` on the left side. | |
|
45 | 4. Check the `enabled` check box in the plugin configuration section, | |
|
46 | and fill in the required LDAP information and :guilabel:`Save`, for more details, | |
|
47 | 47 | see :ref:`config-ldap-groups-examples` |
|
48 | 48 | |
|
49 | 49 | For a more detailed description of LDAP objects, see :ref:`ldap-gloss-ref`: |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 | 51 | .. _config-ldap-groups-examples: |
|
52 | 52 | |
|
53 | 53 | Example LDAP configuration |
|
54 | 54 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
55 | .. code-block:: bash | |
|
55 | ||
|
56 | Below is example setup that can be used with Active Directory and LDAP server with groups sync:: | |
|
57 | ||
|
58 | *option*: `enabled` => `True` | |
|
59 | # Enable or disable this authentication plugin. | |
|
60 | ||
|
61 | *option*: `cache_ttl` => `360` | |
|
62 | # Amount of seconds to cache the authentication and permissions check response call for this plugin. | |
|
63 | # Useful for expensive calls like LDAP to improve the performance of the system (0 means disabled). | |
|
64 | ||
|
65 | *option*: `host` => `192.168.245.143,192.168.1.240` | |
|
66 | # Host[s] of the LDAP Server | |
|
67 | # (e.g., 192.168.2.154, or ldap-server.domain.com. | |
|
68 | # Multiple servers can be specified using commas | |
|
69 | ||
|
70 | *option*: `port` => `389` | |
|
71 | # Custom port that the LDAP server is listening on. Default value is: 389, use 689 for LDAPS(SSL) | |
|
72 | ||
|
73 | *option*: `timeout` => `300` | |
|
74 | # Timeout for LDAP connection | |
|
75 | ||
|
76 | *option*: `dn_user` => `Administrator@rhodecode.com` | |
|
77 | # Optional user DN/account to connect to LDAP if authentication is required. | |
|
78 | # e.g., cn=admin,dc=mydomain,dc=com, or uid=root,cn=users,dc=mydomain,dc=com, or admin@mydomain.com | |
|
79 | ||
|
80 | *option*: `dn_pass` => `SomeSecret` | |
|
81 | # Password to authenticate for given user DN. | |
|
82 | ||
|
83 | *option*: `tls_kind` => `PLAIN` | |
|
84 | # TLS Type | |
|
85 | ||
|
86 | *option*: `tls_reqcert` => `NEVER` | |
|
87 | # Require Cert over TLS?. Self-signed and custom certificates can be used when | |
|
88 | # `RhodeCode Certificate` found in admin > settings > system info page is extended. | |
|
89 | ||
|
90 | *option*: `tls_cert_file` => `` | |
|
91 | # This specifies the PEM-format file path containing certificates for use in TLS connection. | |
|
92 | # If not specified `TLS Cert dir` will be used | |
|
93 | ||
|
94 | *option*: `tls_cert_dir` => `/etc/openldap/cacerts` | |
|
95 | # This specifies the path of a directory that contains individual CA certificates in separate files. | |
|
96 | ||
|
97 | *option*: `base_dn` => `dc=rhodecode,dc=com` | |
|
98 | # Base DN to search. Dynamic bind is supported. Add `$login` marker in it to be replaced with current user credentials | |
|
99 | # (e.g., dc=mydomain,dc=com, or ou=Users,dc=mydomain,dc=com) | |
|
100 | ||
|
101 | *option*: `user_search_base` => `ou=RC-Users` | |
|
102 | # User search base will extend the Base DN | |
|
103 | # (e.g., ou=Users will result in ou=Users,dc=mydomain,dc=com root DN) | |
|
56 | 104 | |
|
57 | # Auth Cache TTL, Defines the caching for authentication to offload LDAP server. | |
|
58 | # This means that cache result will be saved for 3600 before contacting LDAP server to verify the user access | |
|
59 | 3600 | |
|
60 | # Host, comma seperated format is optionally possible to specify more than 1 server | |
|
61 | https://ldap1.server.com/ldap-admin/,https://ldap2.server.com/ldap-admin/ | |
|
62 | # Default LDAP Port, use 689 for LDAPS | |
|
63 | 389 | |
|
64 | # Account, used for SimpleBind if LDAP server requires an authentication | |
|
65 | e.g admin@server.com | |
|
66 | # Password used for simple bind | |
|
67 | ldap-user-password | |
|
68 | # LDAP connection security | |
|
69 | LDAPS | |
|
70 | # Certificate checks level | |
|
71 | DEMAND | |
|
72 | # Base DN | |
|
73 | cn=Rufus Magillacuddy,ou=users,dc=rhodecode,dc=com | |
|
74 | # User Search Base | |
|
75 | ou=groups,ou=users | |
|
76 | # LDAP search filter to narrow the results | |
|
77 | (objectClass=person) | |
|
78 | # LDAP search scope | |
|
79 | SUBTREE | |
|
80 | # Login attribute | |
|
81 | sAMAccountName | |
|
82 | # First Name Attribute to read | |
|
83 | givenName | |
|
84 | # Last Name Attribute to read | |
|
85 | sn | |
|
86 | # Email Attribute to read email address from | |
|
87 | ||
|
88 | # group extraction method | |
|
89 | rfc2307bis | |
|
90 | # Group search base | |
|
91 | ou=RC-Groups | |
|
92 | # Group Name Attribute, field to read the group name from | |
|
93 | sAMAAccountName | |
|
94 | # User Member of Attribute, field in which groups are stored | |
|
95 | memberOf | |
|
96 | # LDAP Group Search Filter, allows narrowing the results | |
|
105 | *option*: `user_search_filter` => `` | |
|
106 | # Filter to narrow results | |
|
107 | # (e.g., (&(objectCategory=Person)(objectClass=user)), or | |
|
108 | # (memberof=cn=rc-login,ou=groups,ou=company,dc=mydomain,dc=com))) | |
|
109 | ||
|
110 | *option*: `search_scope` => `SUBTREE` | |
|
111 | # How deep to search LDAP. If unsure set to SUBTREE | |
|
112 | ||
|
113 | *option*: `attr_login` => `sAMAccountName` | |
|
114 | # LDAP Attribute to map to user name (e.g., uid, or sAMAccountName) | |
|
115 | ||
|
116 | *option*: `attr_email` => `mail` | |
|
117 | # LDAP Attribute to map to email address (e.g., mail). | |
|
118 | # Emails are a crucial part of RhodeCode. | |
|
119 | # If possible add a valid email attribute to ldap users. | |
|
120 | ||
|
121 | *option*: `attr_firstname` => `givenName` | |
|
122 | # LDAP Attribute to map to first name (e.g., givenName) | |
|
123 | ||
|
124 | *option*: `attr_lastname` => `sn` | |
|
125 | # LDAP Attribute to map to last name (e.g., sn) | |
|
126 | ||
|
127 | *option*: `group_extraction_type` => `rfc2307bis` | |
|
128 | # With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in the memberUid attribute | |
|
129 | # With rfc2307bis (Microsoft AD compatible) group members are listed by DN and stored in the member attribute | |
|
97 | 130 |
|
|
98 | # Admin Groups. Comma separated list of groups. If user is member of | |
|
99 | # any of those he will be marked as super-admin in RhodeCode | |
|
100 | admins, management | |
|
131 | *option*: `group_search_base` => `ou=RC-Groups` | |
|
132 | # Group search base will extend the Base DN (e.g. ou=Groups will result in ou=Groups,dc=mydomain,dc=com) | |
|
101 | 133 | |
|
134 | *option*: `group_name_attr` => `sAMAccountName` | |
|
135 | # LDAP Attribute to map to group name (e.g., cn, or sAMAccountName) | |
|
136 | ||
|
137 | *option*: `user_member_of` => `memberOf` | |
|
138 | # Users Attribute used to fetch the group membership. | |
|
139 | # Use if users have stored group membership inside their attributes | |
|
140 | # (e.g., memberOf, or userMemberOf) | |
|
102 | 141 | |
|
103 | Below is example setup that can be used with Active Directory and ldap groups. | |
|
142 | *option*: `group_search_filter` => `` | |
|
143 | # Filter to narrow results (e.g., (&(objectCategory=Group)(objectClass=group)), etc) | |
|
144 | ||
|
145 | *option*: `group_member_of` => `memberOf` | |
|
146 | # LDAP Attribute used to resolve the parent group (e.g., memberOf) | |
|
104 | 147 |
|
|
105 | .. image:: ../images/ldap-groups-example.png | |
|
106 | :alt: LDAP/AD setup example | |
|
107 | :scale: 50 % | |
|
148 | *option*: `admin_groups` => `Admins,Management` | |
|
149 | # A comma separated list of group names that identify users as RhodeCode Administrators (e.g., admins) | |
|
150 | ||
|
151 | *option*: `admin_groups_sync` => `full` | |
|
152 | # Way to sync Admin groups. | |
|
153 | # Full means admin flag is set to on or off according to membership in administrator group defined above. | |
|
154 | # On-only means the flag is only set to on, and not turned off once user is no longer a member | |
|
155 | ||
|
108 | 156 |
|
|
109 | 157 | .. toctree:: |
|
110 | 158 | |
|
111 | 159 | ldap-active-directory |
|
112 | 160 | ldap-authentication No newline at end of file |
@@ -1,89 +1,117 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _config-ldap-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | LDAP/AD |
|
4 | 4 | ------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
|RC |
|
|
6 | |RCE| supports LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) or | |
|
7 | 7 | AD (active Directory) authentication. |
|
8 | All LDAP versions are supported, with the following |RCM| plugins managing each: | |
|
9 | ||
|
10 | * For LDAP or Active Directory use ``LDAP (egg:rhodecode-enterprise-ce#ldap)`` | |
|
8 | All LDAP versions are currently supported. | |
|
11 | 9 | |
|
12 | 10 | RhodeCode reads all data defined from plugin and creates corresponding |
|
13 | 11 | accounts on local database after receiving data from LDAP. This is done on |
|
14 | 12 | every user log-in including operations like pushing/pulling/checkout. |
|
15 | 13 | |
|
16 | 14 | |
|
17 | 15 | .. important:: |
|
18 | 16 | |
|
19 | 17 | The email used with your |RCE| super-admin account needs to match the email |
|
20 | 18 | address attached to your admin profile in LDAP. This is because |
|
21 | 19 | within |RCE| the user email needs to be unique, and multiple users |
|
22 | 20 | cannot share an email account. |
|
23 | 21 | |
|
24 | 22 | Likewise, if as an admin you also have a user account, the email address |
|
25 | 23 | attached to the user account needs to be different. |
|
26 | 24 | |
|
27 | 25 | |
|
28 | 26 | LDAP Configuration Steps |
|
29 | 27 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
30 | 28 | |
|
31 | 29 | To configure |LDAP|, use the following steps: |
|
32 | 30 | |
|
33 |
1. From the |RC |
|
|
31 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select | |
|
34 | 32 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Authentication` |
|
35 |
2. |
|
|
36 | 3. Select the :guilabel:`Enabled` check box in the plugin configuration section | |
|
37 | 4. Add the required LDAP information and :guilabel:`Save`, for more details, | |
|
33 | 2. Activate the `LDAP` plugin and select :guilabel:`Save` | |
|
34 | 3. Go to newly available menu option called `LDAP` on the left side. | |
|
35 | 4. Check the `enabled` check box in the plugin configuration section, | |
|
36 | and fill in the required LDAP information and :guilabel:`Save`, for more details, | |
|
38 | 37 | see :ref:`config-ldap-examples` |
|
39 | 38 | |
|
40 | 39 | For a more detailed description of LDAP objects, see :ref:`ldap-gloss-ref`: |
|
41 | 40 | |
|
42 | 41 | .. _config-ldap-examples: |
|
43 | 42 | |
|
44 | 43 | Example LDAP configuration |
|
45 | 44 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
46 | .. code-block:: bash | |
|
45 | ||
|
46 | Below is example setup that can be used with Active Directory/LDAP server:: | |
|
47 | ||
|
48 | *option*: `enabled` => `True` | |
|
49 | # Enable or disable this authentication plugin. | |
|
50 | ||
|
51 | *option*: `cache_ttl` => `360` | |
|
52 | # Amount of seconds to cache the authentication and permissions check response call for this plugin. | |
|
53 | # Useful for expensive calls like LDAP to improve the performance of the system (0 means disabled). | |
|
54 | ||
|
55 | *option*: `host` => `192.168.245.143,192.168.1.240` | |
|
56 | # Host[s] of the LDAP Server | |
|
57 | # (e.g., 192.168.2.154, or ldap-server.domain.com. | |
|
58 | # Multiple servers can be specified using commas | |
|
59 | ||
|
60 | *option*: `port` => `389` | |
|
61 | # Custom port that the LDAP server is listening on. Default value is: 389, use 689 for LDAPS(SSL) | |
|
62 | ||
|
63 | *option*: `timeout` => `300` | |
|
64 | # Timeout for LDAP connection | |
|
65 | ||
|
66 | *option*: `dn_user` => `Administrator@rhodecode.com` | |
|
67 | # Optional user DN/account to connect to LDAP if authentication is required. | |
|
68 | # e.g., cn=admin,dc=mydomain,dc=com, or uid=root,cn=users,dc=mydomain,dc=com, or admin@mydomain.com | |
|
69 | ||
|
70 | *option*: `dn_pass` => `SomeSecret` | |
|
71 | # Password to authenticate for given user DN. | |
|
72 | ||
|
73 | *option*: `tls_kind` => `PLAIN` | |
|
74 | # TLS Type | |
|
47 | 75 | |
|
48 | # Auth Cache TTL, Defines the caching for authentication to offload LDAP server. | |
|
49 | # This means that cache result will be saved for 3600 before contacting LDAP server to verify the user access | |
|
50 | 3600 | |
|
51 | # Host, comma seperated format is optionally possible to specify more than 1 server | |
|
52 | https://ldap1.server.com/ldap-admin/,https://ldap2.server.com/ldap-admin/ | |
|
53 | # Default LDAP Port, use 689 for LDAPS | |
|
54 | 389 | |
|
55 | # Account, used for SimpleBind if LDAP server requires an authentication | |
|
56 | e.g admin@server.com | |
|
57 | # Password used for simple bind | |
|
58 | ldap-user-password | |
|
59 | # LDAP connection security | |
|
60 | LDAPS | |
|
61 | # Certificate checks level | |
|
62 | DEMAND | |
|
63 | # Base DN | |
|
64 | cn=Rufus Magillacuddy,ou=users,dc=rhodecode,dc=com | |
|
65 | # LDAP search filter to narrow the results | |
|
66 | (objectClass=person) | |
|
67 | # LDAP search scope | |
|
68 | SUBTREE | |
|
69 | # Login attribute | |
|
70 | sAMAccountName | |
|
71 | # First Name Attribute to read | |
|
72 | givenName | |
|
73 | # Last Name Attribute to read | |
|
74 | sn | |
|
75 | # Email Attribute to read email address from | |
|
76 | ||
|
76 | *option*: `tls_reqcert` => `NEVER` | |
|
77 | # Require Cert over TLS?. Self-signed and custom certificates can be used when | |
|
78 | # `RhodeCode Certificate` found in admin > settings > system info page is extended. | |
|
79 | ||
|
80 | *option*: `tls_cert_file` => `` | |
|
81 | # This specifies the PEM-format file path containing certificates for use in TLS connection. | |
|
82 | # If not specified `TLS Cert dir` will be used | |
|
83 | ||
|
84 | *option*: `tls_cert_dir` => `/etc/openldap/cacerts` | |
|
85 | # This specifies the path of a directory that contains individual CA certificates in separate files. | |
|
86 | ||
|
87 | *option*: `base_dn` => `cn=Rufus Magillacuddy,ou=users,dc=rhodecode,dc=com` | |
|
88 | # Base DN to search. Dynamic bind is supported. Add `$login` marker in it to be replaced with current user credentials | |
|
89 | # (e.g., dc=mydomain,dc=com, or ou=Users,dc=mydomain,dc=com) | |
|
77 | 90 | |
|
91 | *option*: `filter` => `(objectClass=person)` | |
|
92 | # Filter to narrow results | |
|
93 | # (e.g., (&(objectCategory=Person)(objectClass=user)), or | |
|
94 | # (memberof=cn=rc-login,ou=groups,ou=company,dc=mydomain,dc=com))) | |
|
78 | 95 | |
|
79 | Below is example setup that can be used with Active Directory/LDAP server. | |
|
96 | *option*: `search_scope` => `SUBTREE` | |
|
97 | # How deep to search LDAP. If unsure set to SUBTREE | |
|
98 | ||
|
99 | *option*: `attr_login` => `sAMAccountName` | |
|
100 | # LDAP Attribute to map to user name (e.g., uid, or sAMAccountName) | |
|
80 | 101 |
|
|
81 | .. image:: ../images/ldap-example.png | |
|
82 | :alt: LDAP/AD setup example | |
|
83 | :scale: 50 % | |
|
102 | *option*: `attr_email` => `mail` | |
|
103 | # LDAP Attribute to map to email address (e.g., mail). | |
|
104 | # Emails are a crucial part of RhodeCode. | |
|
105 | # If possible add a valid email attribute to ldap users. | |
|
106 | ||
|
107 | *option*: `attr_firstname` => `givenName` | |
|
108 | # LDAP Attribute to map to first name (e.g., givenName) | |
|
109 | ||
|
110 | *option*: `attr_lastname` => `sn` | |
|
111 | # LDAP Attribute to map to last name (e.g., sn) | |
|
84 | 112 |
|
|
85 | 113 |
|
|
86 | 114 | .. toctree:: |
|
87 | 115 | |
|
88 | 116 | ldap-active-directory |
|
89 | 117 | ldap-authentication |
@@ -1,14 +1,14 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _config-pam-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | PAM |
|
4 | 4 | --- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | To enable PAM authentication, use the following steps: |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 |
1. From the |RC |
|
|
9 |
2. |
|
|
8 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, go to :menuselection:`Admin --> Authentication` | |
|
9 | 2. Activate the ``rhodecode.lib.auth_modules.auth_pam`` library and select save | |
|
10 | 10 | 3. On the PAM plugin settings section, do the following: |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 | 12 | * Check the :guilabel:`Enable` checkbox |
|
13 | 13 | * Enter your PAM server settings |
|
14 | 14 | * Select :guilabel:`Save` |
@@ -1,76 +1,80 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _config-token-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Authentication Tokens |
|
4 | 4 | --------------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | |RCE| has 4 different kinds of authentication tokens. | |
|
6 | |RCE| has 4 different kinds of authentication tokens. `API token`, `Feed tokens` work | |
|
7 | without a need to enable any additional authentication. `VCS tokens` require dedicated | |
|
8 | authentication plugin to be activated. `Web Interface tokens` are controlled by the | |
|
9 | white_list configuration. | |
|
7 | 10 | |
|
8 | 11 | * *API tokens*: API tokens can only be used to execute |RCE| API operations. |
|
9 | 12 | You can store your API token and assign it to each instance in |
|
10 | 13 | the :file:`/home/{user}/.rhoderc` file. See the |
|
11 | 14 | example in :ref:`indexing-ref` section for more details. |
|
12 | 15 | |
|
13 | 16 | * *Feed tokens*: The feed token can only be used to access the RSS feed. |
|
14 | 17 |
|
|
15 | 18 | |
|
16 | * *VCS tokens*: You can use these to authenticate with |git|, |hg| and |svn| | |
|
17 | operations instead of a password. They are designed to be used with | |
|
18 | CI Servers or other third party tools that require |repo| access. | |
|
19 | They are also a good replacement for SSH based access. | |
|
20 | To use these tokens you need be enabled special authentication method on | |
|
21 | |RCE|, as they are disabled by default. | |
|
22 | See :ref:`enable-vcs-tokens`. | |
|
23 | ||
|
24 | 19 | * *Web Interface tokens*: These token allows users to access the web |
|
25 | 20 | interface of |RCE| without logging in. |
|
26 | 21 | |
|
27 | 22 | You can add these tokens to an |RCE| server url, to expose the page content |
|
28 | 23 | based on the given token. |
|
29 | 24 | |
|
30 | 25 | This is useful to integrate 3rd party systems, good example is to expose |
|
31 | 26 | raw diffs to another code-review system without having to worry about |
|
32 | 27 | authentication. |
|
33 | 28 | |
|
34 | 29 | These tokens only work if a certain view is whitelisted |
|
35 | 30 | under `api_access_controllers_whitelist` inside |
|
36 | 31 | the :file:`rhodecode.ini` file. |
|
37 | 32 | |
|
38 | 33 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
39 | 34 | |
|
40 | 35 | # To download a repo without logging into Web UI |
|
41 | 36 | https://rhodecode.com/repo/archive/tip.zip?auth_token=<web-api-token> |
|
42 | 37 | |
|
43 | 38 | # To show commit diff without logging into Web UI |
|
44 |
https://rhodecode.com/repo/ |
|
|
39 | https://rhodecode.com/repo/raw-diff/<sha>?auth_token=<web-api-token> | |
|
40 | ||
|
41 | * *VCS tokens*: You can use these to authenticate with |git|, |hg| and |svn| | |
|
42 | operations instead of a password. They are designed to be used with | |
|
43 | CI Servers or other third party tools that require |repo| access. | |
|
44 | They are also a good replacement for SSH based access. | |
|
45 | To use these tokens you need be enabled special authentication method on | |
|
46 | |RCE|, as they are disabled by default. | |
|
47 | See :ref:`enable-vcs-tokens`. | |
|
48 | ||
|
45 | 49 | |
|
46 | 50 | .. _enable-vcs-tokens: |
|
47 | 51 | |
|
48 | 52 | Enabling VCS Tokens |
|
49 | 53 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
50 | 54 | |
|
51 | 55 | To enable VCS Tokens, use the following steps: |
|
52 | 56 | |
|
53 | 57 | 1. Go to :menuselection:`Admin --> Authentication`. |
|
54 |
2. |
|
|
58 | 2. Activate the ``rhodecode.lib.auth_modules.auth_token`` plugin. | |
|
55 | 59 | 3. Click :guilabel:`Save`. |
|
56 | 60 | |
|
57 | 61 | Authentication Token Tips |
|
58 | 62 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
59 | 63 | |
|
60 | 64 | * Use Authentication Tokens instead of your password with external services. |
|
61 | 65 | * Create multiple Authentication Tokens on your account to enable |
|
62 | 66 | access to your |repos| with a different |authtoken| per method used. |
|
63 | 67 | * Set an expiry limit on certain tokens if you think it would be a good idea. |
|
64 | 68 | |
|
65 | 69 | Creating Tokens |
|
66 | 70 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
67 | 71 | |
|
68 | 72 | To create authentication tokens for an user, use the following steps: |
|
69 | 73 | |
|
70 |
1. From the |RC |
|
|
74 | 1. From the |RCE| interface go to | |
|
71 | 75 | :menuselection:`Username --> My Account --> Auth tokens`. |
|
72 | 76 | |
|
73 | 77 | 2. Label and Add the tokens you wish to use with |RCE|. |
|
74 | 78 | |
|
75 | 79 | .. image:: ../images/tokens.png |
|
76 | 80 |
@@ -1,32 +1,34 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _authentication-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Authentication Options |
|
4 | 4 | ====================== |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | |RCE| provides a built in authentication against its own database. This is |
|
7 |
implemented using `` |
|
|
8 | enabled by default. | |
|
7 | implemented using ``RhodeCode Internal`` plugin. This plugin is enabled by default. | |
|
9 | 8 | Additionally, |RCE| provides a Pluggable Authentication System. This gives the |
|
10 | 9 | administrator greater control over how users authenticate with the system. |
|
11 | 10 | |
|
12 | 11 | .. important:: |
|
13 | 12 | |
|
14 |
You can disable the built in |RC |
|
|
15 |
`` |
|
|
13 | You can disable the built in |RCE| authentication plugin | |
|
14 | ``RhodeCode Internal`` and force all authentication to go | |
|
16 | 15 | through your authentication plugin of choice e.g LDAP only. |
|
17 | 16 | However, if you do this, and your external authentication tools fails, |
|
18 | you will be unable to access |RCM|. | |
|
17 | accessing |RCE| will be blocked unless a fallback plugin is | |
|
18 | enabled via :file: rhodecode.ini | |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 | |RCM| comes with the following user authentication management plugins: | |
|
20 | ||
|
21 | |RCE| comes with the following user authentication management plugins: | |
|
21 | 22 | |
|
22 | 23 | |
|
23 | 24 | .. toctree:: |
|
24 | 25 | |
|
26 | auth-token | |
|
25 | 27 | auth-ldap |
|
26 | 28 | auth-ldap-groups |
|
29 | auth-saml-generic | |
|
30 | auth-saml-onelogin | |
|
31 | auth-saml-duosecurity | |
|
27 | 32 | auth-crowd |
|
28 | 33 | auth-pam |
|
29 | auth-token | |
|
30 | 34 | ssh-connection |
|
31 | ||
|
32 |
@@ -1,29 +1,75 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _ldap-act-dir-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Active Directory |
|
4 | 4 | ---------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
|RC |
|
|
6 | |RCE| can use Microsoft Active Directory for user authentication. This is | |
|
7 | 7 | done through an LDAP or LDAPS connection to Active Directory. Use the |
|
8 | 8 | following example LDAP configuration setting to set your Active Directory |
|
9 |
authentication |
|
|
10 | ||
|
11 | .. code-block:: ini | |
|
12 | ||
|
13 | # Set the Base DN | |
|
14 | Base DN = OU=SBSUsers,OU=Users,OU=MyBusiness,DC=v3sys,DC=local | |
|
15 | # Set the Active Directory SAM-Account-Name | |
|
16 | Login Attribute = sAMAccountName | |
|
17 | # Set the Active Directory user name | |
|
18 | First Name Attribute = usernameame | |
|
19 | # Set the Active Directory user surname | |
|
20 | Last Name Attribute = user_surname | |
|
21 | # Set the Active Directory user email | |
|
22 | E-mail Attribute = userEmail | |
|
9 | authentication:: | |
|
23 | 10 | |
|
24 | 11 | |
|
25 | Below is example setup that can be used with Active Directory and ldap groups. | |
|
12 | *option*: `enabled` => `True` | |
|
13 | # Enable or disable this authentication plugin. | |
|
14 | ||
|
15 | *option*: `cache_ttl` => `360` | |
|
16 | # Amount of seconds to cache the authentication and permissions check response call for this plugin. | |
|
17 | # Useful for expensive calls like LDAP to improve the performance of the system (0 means disabled). | |
|
18 | ||
|
19 | *option*: `host` => `192.168.245.143,192.168.1.240` | |
|
20 | # Host[s] of the LDAP Server | |
|
21 | # (e.g., 192.168.2.154, or ldap-server.domain.com. | |
|
22 | # Multiple servers can be specified using commas | |
|
23 | ||
|
24 | *option*: `port` => `389` | |
|
25 | # Custom port that the LDAP server is listening on. Default value is: 389, use 689 for LDAPS(SSL) | |
|
26 | ||
|
27 | *option*: `timeout` => `300` | |
|
28 | # Timeout for LDAP connection | |
|
29 | ||
|
30 | *option*: `dn_user` => `Administrator@rhodecode.com` | |
|
31 | # Optional user DN/account to connect to LDAP if authentication is required. | |
|
32 | # e.g., cn=admin,dc=mydomain,dc=com, or uid=root,cn=users,dc=mydomain,dc=com, or admin@mydomain.com | |
|
33 | ||
|
34 | *option*: `dn_pass` => `SomeSecret` | |
|
35 | # Password to authenticate for given user DN. | |
|
36 | ||
|
37 | *option*: `tls_kind` => `PLAIN` | |
|
38 | # TLS Type | |
|
39 | ||
|
40 | *option*: `tls_reqcert` => `NEVER` | |
|
41 | # Require Cert over TLS?. Self-signed and custom certificates can be used when | |
|
42 | # `RhodeCode Certificate` found in admin > settings > system info page is extended. | |
|
26 | 43 | |
|
27 | .. image:: ../images/ldap-groups-example.png | |
|
28 | :alt: LDAP/AD setup example | |
|
29 | :scale: 50 % No newline at end of file | |
|
44 | *option*: `tls_cert_file` => `` | |
|
45 | # This specifies the PEM-format file path containing certificates for use in TLS connection. | |
|
46 | # If not specified `TLS Cert dir` will be used | |
|
47 | ||
|
48 | *option*: `tls_cert_dir` => `/etc/openldap/cacerts` | |
|
49 | # This specifies the path of a directory that contains individual CA certificates in separate files. | |
|
50 | ||
|
51 | *option*: `base_dn` => `OU=SBSUsers,OU=Users,OU=MyBusiness,DC=v3sys,DC=local` | |
|
52 | # Base DN to search. Dynamic bind is supported. Add `$login` marker in it to be replaced with current user credentials | |
|
53 | # (e.g., dc=mydomain,dc=com, or ou=Users,dc=mydomain,dc=com) | |
|
54 | ||
|
55 | *option*: `filter` => `(objectClass=person)` | |
|
56 | # Filter to narrow results | |
|
57 | # (e.g., (&(objectCategory=Person)(objectClass=user)), or | |
|
58 | # (memberof=cn=rc-login,ou=groups,ou=company,dc=mydomain,dc=com))) | |
|
59 | ||
|
60 | *option*: `search_scope` => `SUBTREE` | |
|
61 | # How deep to search LDAP. If unsure set to SUBTREE | |
|
62 | ||
|
63 | *option*: `attr_login` => `sAMAccountName` | |
|
64 | # LDAP Attribute to map to user name (e.g., uid, or sAMAccountName) | |
|
65 | ||
|
66 | *option*: `attr_email` => `userEmail` | |
|
67 | # LDAP Attribute to map to email address (e.g., mail). | |
|
68 | # Emails are a crucial part of RhodeCode. | |
|
69 | # If possible add a valid email attribute to ldap users. | |
|
70 | ||
|
71 | *option*: `attr_firstname` => `user_firstname` | |
|
72 | # LDAP Attribute to map to first name (e.g., givenName) | |
|
73 | ||
|
74 | *option*: `attr_lastname` => `user_surname` | |
|
75 | # LDAP Attribute to map to last name (e.g., sn) |
@@ -1,113 +1,107 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _ldap-gloss-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | |LDAP| Glossary |
|
4 | 4 | --------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | This topic aims to give you a concise overview of the different settings and |
|
7 | 7 | requirements that enabling |LDAP| on |RCE| requires. |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | Required settings |
|
10 | 10 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 | 12 | The following LDAP attributes are required when enabling |LDAP| on |RCE|. |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | * **Hostname** or **IP Address**: Use a comma separated list for failover |
|
15 | 15 | support. |
|
16 | 16 | * **First Name** |
|
17 | 17 | * **Surname** |
|
18 | 18 | * **Email** |
|
19 | 19 | * **Port**: Port `389` for unencrypted LDAP or port `636` for SSL-encrypted |
|
20 | 20 | LDAP (LDAPS). |
|
21 | 21 | * **Base DN (Distinguished Name)**: The Distinguished Name (DN) |
|
22 | 22 | is how searches for users will be performed, and these searches can be |
|
23 | 23 | controlled by using an LDAP Filter or LDAP Search Scope. A DN is a sequence of |
|
24 | 24 | relative distinguished names (RDN) connected by commas. For example, |
|
25 | 25 | |
|
26 | 26 | .. code-block:: vim |
|
27 | 27 | |
|
28 | 28 | DN: cn='Monty Python',ou='people',dc='example',dc='com' |
|
29 | 29 | |
|
30 | 30 | * **Connection security level**: The following are the valid types: |
|
31 | 31 | |
|
32 | 32 | * *No encryption*: This connection type uses a plain non-encrypted connection. |
|
33 | 33 | * *LDAPS connection*: This connection type uses end-to-end SSL. To enable |
|
34 | 34 | an LDAPS connection you must set the following requirements: |
|
35 | 35 | |
|
36 | 36 | * You must specify port `636` |
|
37 | 37 | * Certificate checks are required. |
|
38 | 38 | * To enable ``START_TLS`` on LDAP connection, set the path to the SSL |
|
39 | 39 | certificate in the default LDAP configuration file. The default |
|
40 | 40 | `ldap.conf` file is located in `/etc/openldap/ldap.conf`. |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | .. code-block:: vim |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/ca.crt |
|
45 | 45 | |
|
46 | 46 | * The LDAP username or account used to connect to |RCE|. This will be added |
|
47 | 47 | to the LDAP filter for locating the user object. |
|
48 | 48 | * For example, if an LDAP filter is specified as `LDAPFILTER`, |
|
49 | the login attribute is specified as `uid`, and the user connects as | |
|
49 | the login/username attribute is specified as `uid`, and the user connects as | |
|
50 | 50 | `jsmith`, then the LDAP Filter will be like the following example. |
|
51 | 51 | |
|
52 | 52 | .. code-block:: vim |
|
53 | 53 | |
|
54 | 54 | (&(LDAPFILTER)(uid=jsmith)) |
|
55 | 55 | |
|
56 | 56 | * The LDAP search scope must be set. This limits how far LDAP will search for |
|
57 | 57 | a matching object. |
|
58 | 58 | |
|
59 | 59 | * ``BASE`` Only allows searching of the Base DN. |
|
60 | 60 | * ``ONELEVEL`` Searches all entries under the Base DN, |
|
61 | 61 | but not the Base DN itself. |
|
62 | 62 | * ``SUBTREE`` Searches all entries below the Base DN, but not Base DN itself. |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | .. note:: |
|
65 | 65 | |
|
66 | 66 | When using ``SUBTREE`` LDAP filtering it is useful to limit object location. |
|
67 | 67 | |
|
68 | 68 | Optional settings |
|
69 | 69 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
70 | 70 | |
|
71 |
The following are optional when enabling LDAP on |RC |
|
|
71 | The following are optional when enabling LDAP on |RCE| | |
|
72 | 72 | |
|
73 | 73 | * An LDAP account is only required if the LDAP server does not allow |
|
74 | 74 | anonymous browsing of records. |
|
75 | 75 | * An LDAP password is only required if the LDAP server does not allow |
|
76 | 76 | anonymous browsing of records |
|
77 | 77 | * Using an LDAP filter is optional. An LDAP filter defined by `RFC 2254`_. This |
|
78 | 78 | is more useful that the LDAP Search Scope if set to `SUBTREE`. The filter |
|
79 | 79 | is useful for limiting which LDAP objects are identified as representing |
|
80 | 80 | Users for authentication. The filter is augmented by Login Attribute |
|
81 | 81 | below. This can commonly be left blank. |
|
82 | 82 | * Certificate Checks are only required if you need to use LDAPS. |
|
83 | 83 | You can use the following levels of LDAP service with RhodeCode Enterprise: |
|
84 | 84 | |
|
85 | 85 | * **NEVER** : A serve certificate will never be requested or checked. |
|
86 | 86 | * **ALLOW** : A server certificate is requested. Failure to provide a |
|
87 | 87 | certificate or providing a bad certificate will not terminate the session. |
|
88 | 88 | * **TRY** : A server certificate is requested. Failure to provide a |
|
89 | 89 | certificate does not halt the session; providing a bad certificate |
|
90 | 90 | halts the session. |
|
91 | 91 | * **DEMAND** : A server certificate is requested and must be provided |
|
92 | 92 | and authenticated for the session to proceed. |
|
93 | 93 | * **HARD** : The same as DEMAND. |
|
94 | 94 | |
|
95 | 95 | .. note:: |
|
96 | 96 | |
|
97 | 97 | Only **DEMAND** or **HARD** offer full SSL security while the other |
|
98 | 98 | options are vulnerable to man-in-the-middle attacks. |
|
99 | 99 | |
|
100 | 100 | |RCE| uses ``OPENLDAP`` libraries. This allows **DEMAND** or |
|
101 | 101 | **HARD** LDAPS connections to use self-signed certificates or |
|
102 | 102 | certificates that do not have traceable certificates of authority. |
|
103 | 103 | To enable this functionality install the SSL certificates in the |
|
104 | 104 | following directory: `/etc/openldap/cacerts` |
|
105 | 105 | |
|
106 | 106 | |
|
107 | Below is example setup that can be used with Active Directory and ldap groups. | |
|
108 | ||
|
109 | .. image:: ../images/ldap-groups-example.png | |
|
110 | :alt: LDAP/AD setup example | |
|
111 | :scale: 50 % | |
|
112 | ||
|
113 | 107 | .. _RFC 2254: http://www.rfc-base.org/rfc-2254.html No newline at end of file |
@@ -1,27 +1,27 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _code-review-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Code Review |
|
4 | 4 | =========== |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
|RC |
|
|
6 | |RCE| provides two ways in which you can review code. You can review |prs| or | |
|
7 | 7 | commits. To better understand |prs|, see the :ref:`pull-requests-ref` |
|
8 | 8 | and :ref:`collaborate-ref` sections. For more information about why |
|
9 | 9 | code review matters, see these posts on the topic: |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | * `Code Review - Fix Bugs Early and Often`_ |
|
12 | 12 | * `Code Review - How to Convince a Skeptic`_ |
|
13 | 13 | * `Code Review - Learn How NASA Codes`_ |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | You can also use the |RCE| API set up continuous integration servers to leave |
|
16 | 16 | comments from a test suite. See the :ref:`api` and |
|
17 | 17 | :ref:`extensions-hooks-ref` sections for examples on how to set this up. |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 | 19 | .. toctree:: |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | review-diffs |
|
22 | 22 | approve-changes |
|
23 | 23 | reviewing-best-practices |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | .. _Code Review - Fix Bugs Early and Often: https://rhodecode.com/blog/code-review-fix-bugs-early-often/ |
|
26 | 26 | .. _Code Review - How to Convince a Skeptic: https://rhodecode.com/blog/code-review-convince-skeptic/ |
|
27 | 27 | .. _Code Review - Learn How NASA Codes: https://rhodecode.com/blog/code-review-learn-nasa-codes/ |
@@ -1,42 +1,42 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _code-diff-side-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Reviewing Diffs |
|
4 | 4 | --------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | Diffs are representations of changes made between different changesets of |
|
7 | 7 | a file. |RCE| provides 4 different types of diffs for each commit or |
|
8 | 8 | changeset, and depending on your preference you can use whichever for code |
|
9 | 9 | review purposes. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | * Plain diff |
|
12 | 12 | * Full diff |
|
13 | 13 | * Side-by-side diff |
|
14 | 14 | * Raw diff |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | Reviewing Changes |
|
17 | 17 | ----------------- |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 |
|RC |
|
|
19 | |RCE| displays all code changes made with each commit. Removed content is | |
|
20 | 20 | marked in red and new content in green. |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | .. image:: ../images/plain-diff.png |
|
23 | 23 | :alt: Plain Diff |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | Side-By-Side Diffs |
|
26 | 26 | ------------------ |
|
27 | 27 | |
|
28 | 28 | To review code with a side-by-side diff, use the following steps: |
|
29 | 29 | |
|
30 | 30 | 1. Open the repository in which you wish to review a file |
|
31 | 31 | 2. Select the revision you wish to review |
|
32 | 32 | 3. Select the side-by-side diff icon beside the file name |
|
33 | 33 | |
|
34 | 34 | .. image:: ../images/side-by-side-diff.png |
|
35 | 35 | :alt: Side by side diff |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | |
|
38 | 38 | Notifying Users |
|
39 | 39 | --------------- |
|
40 | 40 | |
|
41 | 41 | To notify other users of you comments, or requests for feedback, |
|
42 | 42 | see :ref:`review-notifications-ref` |
@@ -1,19 +1,19 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | Approve |prs| |
|
2 | 2 | ------------- |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 | 4 | To approve a |pr|, use the following steps: |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | 1. Select :menuselection:`username --> Notifications --> Pull Requests` |
|
7 | 7 | and open the |pr| you with to approve |
|
8 | 8 | 2. Leave your review comments inline, or in the commit message. |
|
9 | 9 | 3. Leave a commit message that outlines the review. |
|
10 | 10 | 4. Set the review status to :guilabel:`Approved` |
|
11 | 11 | 5. Select :guilabel:`Comment` |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 |
If you approve the |pr|, you will be able to merge automatically if |RC |
|
|
13 | If you approve the |pr|, you will be able to merge automatically if |RCE| | |
|
14 | 14 | detects that it can do so safely. You will see this message: |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | :guilabel:`This pull request can be automatically merged.` |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | Otherwise you will need to merge the |pr| locally and push your changes, see |
|
19 | 19 | :ref:`manual-merge-requests-ref`. |
@@ -1,24 +1,24 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _collaborate-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Collaboration |
|
4 | 4 | ============= |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | .. note:: |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | Forking and branching does not work with |svn| |repos|. |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 |
Collaboration in |RC |
|
|
10 | Collaboration in |RCE| is accomplished through a combination of the following | |
|
11 | 11 | functions: |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 | 13 | .. only:: latex |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | * :ref:`review-notifications-ref` |
|
16 | 16 | * :ref:`forks-branches-ref` |
|
17 | 17 | * :ref:`pull-requests-ref` |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 | 19 | .. toctree:: |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | workflow |
|
22 | 22 | forks-branches |
|
23 | 23 | repo-locking |
|
24 | 24 |
@@ -1,101 +1,101 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _forks-branches-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Forking and Branching |
|
4 | 4 | --------------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | Forking clones the original |repo| and creates an independent |repo|. |
|
7 | 7 | Branching allows you to develop independently |
|
8 | 8 | of the main branch based on the changeset branched, but remains linked to the |
|
9 | 9 | main |repo|. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | Both provide excellent collaboration functionality, |
|
12 | 12 | and do not differ greatly, but you can find many online discussions |
|
13 | 13 | where people fight about the differences. |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | Fork a |repo| |
|
16 | 16 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | To fork a |repo|, use the following steps: |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 | 20 | 1. Select :menuselection:`Admin --> repositories` |
|
21 | 21 | 2. Select the |repo| you wish to fork. |
|
22 | 22 | 3. Select :menuselection:`Options --> Fork` |
|
23 | 23 | 4. On the :guilabel:`Create fork` page, set the following properties: |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | * The fork name |
|
26 | 26 | * The fork description |
|
27 | 27 | * If the fork is private or public |
|
28 | 28 | * The copy permissions |
|
29 | 29 | |
|
30 | 30 | Branch a |git| |repo| |
|
31 | 31 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | 33 | Currently branching is only supported from the command line but is picked up |
|
34 | 34 | on the web interface. To branch a |git| |repo| use the following example: |
|
35 | 35 | |
|
36 | 36 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
37 | 37 | |
|
38 | 38 | # branch and checkout |
|
39 | 39 | git branch new-branch |
|
40 | 40 | git checkout new-branch |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | # same function shorthand |
|
43 | 43 | git checkout -b new-branch |
|
44 | 44 | |
|
45 | 45 | # Example usage |
|
46 | 46 | $ git checkout -b example-branch |
|
47 | 47 | Switched to a new branch 'example-branch' |
|
48 | 48 | |
|
49 | 49 | $ git status |
|
50 | 50 | On branch example-branch |
|
51 | 51 | Initial commit |
|
52 | 52 | nothing to commit (create/copy files and use "git add" to track) |
|
53 | 53 | $ vi example-script.sh |
|
54 | 54 | $ git add example-script.sh |
|
55 | 55 | $ git commit -a -m "ghost script: initial file" |
|
56 | 56 | $ git push |
|
57 | 57 | |
|
58 |
Once it is pushed to the |RC |
|
|
58 | Once it is pushed to the |RCE| server, you can switch to the newly created | |
|
59 | 59 | branch using the following steps: |
|
60 | 60 | |
|
61 | 61 | 1. Select :menuselection:`Admin --> Repositories`. |
|
62 | 62 | 2. Select the |repo| you branched. |
|
63 | 63 | 3. Select :menuselection:`Switch To --> Branches` and choose the new branch. |
|
64 | 64 | |
|
65 | 65 | For more information, your can read more here on the Git website, |
|
66 | 66 | `Git Branching`_. |
|
67 | 67 | |
|
68 | 68 | Branch a |hg| |repo| |
|
69 | 69 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
70 | 70 | |
|
71 | 71 | .. note:: |
|
72 | 72 | |
|
73 | 73 | To use branches in |hg| like |git|, use the `hg bookmark` option instead. |
|
74 | 74 | Also see the :ref:`bvb` section for more information. |
|
75 | 75 | |
|
76 | 76 | To branch a |hg| |repo|, use the following example and push your changes to |
|
77 | 77 | the main |repo|. Once pushed, you can view the new branch in |RCE| by |
|
78 | 78 | selecting :menuselection:`Switch To --> Branches` from the |repo| page. |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
81 | 81 | |
|
82 | 82 | $ hg branch example-456 |
|
83 | 83 | $ hg ci -m "branch: ticket #456" |
|
84 | 84 | $ hg push --new-branch |
|
85 | 85 | |
|
86 | 86 | Bookmark a |hg| |repo| |
|
87 | 87 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
88 | 88 | |
|
89 | 89 | Bookmarks are used in |hg| in much the same way as branches are in |git|. See |
|
90 | 90 | the `Mercurial Bookmarks`_ documentation for more information. |
|
91 | 91 | |
|
92 | 92 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
93 | 93 | |
|
94 | 94 | $ hg bookmark example-456 |
|
95 | 95 | $ hg ci -m "branch: ticket #456" |
|
96 | 96 | $ hg push -B example-456 |
|
97 | 97 | |
|
98 | 98 | .. image:: ../images/branch-example.png |
|
99 | 99 | |
|
100 | 100 | .. _Git Branching: http://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Branching-Basic-Branching-and-Merging |
|
101 | 101 | .. _Mercurial Bookmarks: https://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/Bookmarks |
@@ -1,39 +1,39 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _user-notify-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Using Notifications |
|
4 | 4 | ------------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | To notify users of items that require their attention you can use the mention |
|
7 |
function. The mention function allows you to use ``@username`` within |RC |
|
|
7 | function. The mention function allows you to use ``@username`` within |RCE|. | |
|
8 | 8 | The notification function can be used within the following |
|
9 | 9 | items to highlight their need for attention: |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | * Commit messages |
|
12 | 12 | * Pull requests |
|
13 | 13 | * Inline comments |
|
14 | 14 | * Code review |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | .. note:: |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | Mentioned users will receive an email and a notification. |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 | 20 | Pull Request Notifications |
|
21 | 21 | -------------------------- |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | To notify a user of a pull request, use the following steps. |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | 1. Open the repository fork |
|
26 | 26 | 2. Select :guilabel:`Open new pull request` |
|
27 | 27 | 3. Add the :guilabel:`@username` in the :guilabel:`Pull request viewers` |
|
28 | 28 | input field. |
|
29 | 29 | 4. Select :guilabel:`Submit Pull Request` |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | Commit Message Notifications |
|
32 | 32 | ---------------------------- |
|
33 | 33 | |
|
34 | 34 | To notify a user in a commit message, use the following steps. |
|
35 | 35 | |
|
36 | 36 | 1. Open a repository with commits in it. |
|
37 | 37 | 2. Click on the commit message or revision number. |
|
38 | 38 | 3. Add an :guilabel:`@username` in an inline comment or in your approval |
|
39 | 39 | comment and commit. |
@@ -1,35 +1,35 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _merge-requests-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Merge a |pr| |
|
4 | 4 | ------------ |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
|RC |
|
|
6 | |RCE| can detect if it can automatically merge the changes in a |pr|. If it | |
|
7 | 7 | can, you will see the following message: |
|
8 | 8 | :guilabel:`This pull request can be automatically merged.` To merge, |
|
9 | 9 | click the big blue button! To enable this feature, see :ref:`server-side-merge`. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | .. image:: ../images/merge-pr-button.png |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 | 13 | If you cannot automatically merge a |pr|, you will see one of the following |
|
14 | 14 | messages: |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | * :guilabel:`This pull request cannot be merged because of conflicts` |
|
17 | 17 | * :guilabel:`Reviewer approval is pending` |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 | 19 | .. _manual-merge-requests-ref: |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | Manual Merge a |PR| |
|
22 | 22 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
23 | 23 | |
|
24 |
If |RC |
|
|
24 | If |RCE| cannot safely merge the changes in a |pr|, | |
|
25 | 25 | usually due to conflicts, you need to manually merge the changes on the |
|
26 | 26 | command line. You can see more information for each |repo| type at the |
|
27 | 27 | following links: |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | * `Git Manual Merging`_ |
|
30 | 30 | * `Mercurial Manual Merging`_ |
|
31 | 31 | * `Subversion Manual Merging`_ |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | 33 | .. _Git Manual Merging: http://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Branching-Basic-Branching-and-Merging |
|
34 | 34 | .. _Mercurial Manual Merging: http://hgbook.red-bean.com/read/a-tour-of-mercurial-merging-work.html |
|
35 | 35 | .. _Subversion Manual Merging: http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.7/svn.branchmerge.basicmerging.html |
@@ -1,22 +1,22 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | Notifications Overview |
|
2 | 2 | ---------------------- |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 |
|RC |
|
|
4 | |RCE| has an integrated notification system which alerts users to requests | |
|
5 | 5 | that they have received. Notifications can occur for the following reasons: |
|
6 | 6 | |
|
7 | 7 | * Pull request reviews |
|
8 | 8 | * Commit message mentions |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | When someone opens a |pr| on one of your |repos|, or adds you as a |pr| |
|
11 | 11 | reviewer, you will receive a notification in |RCE| and an email, |
|
12 | 12 | if not configured see :ref:`set-up-mail`. Also, during the review process you |
|
13 | 13 | receive notifications on the following actions: |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | * New comments |
|
16 | 16 | * Status changes |
|
17 | 17 | * Inline code review comments |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 | 19 | Each notifications provides a link to take you directly to the issue. |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | .. image:: ../images/notifications.png |
|
22 | 22 | :alt: Notifying Colleagues |
@@ -1,47 +1,47 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | Pull request management |
|
2 | 2 | ----------------------- |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 | 4 | .. only:: html |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
There are two ways of tracking |prs| within |RC |
|
|
6 | There are two ways of tracking |prs| within |RCE|. | |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | 1. :ref:`prs-your-review` |
|
9 | 9 | 2. :ref:`prs-per-repo` |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | .. _prs-your-review: |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 | 13 | Pull requests for your review |
|
14 | 14 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | To view pull requests for your review, use the following steps: |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 |
1. From the |RC |
|
|
18 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, Select | |
|
19 | 19 | :menuselection:`username --> Notifications` |
|
20 | 20 | 2. Select :guilabel:`Pull Requests` |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | .. image:: ../images/prs-for-my-review.png |
|
23 | 23 | :alt: pull requests for my review |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | .. _prs-per-repo: |
|
26 | 26 | |
|
27 | 27 | Pull requests per |repo| |
|
28 | 28 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
29 | 29 | |
|
30 | 30 | To view pull requests going to and from a |repo|, use the following steps: |
|
31 | 31 | |
|
32 | 32 | 1. Select the |repo| you wish to view |
|
33 | 33 | 2. Select :guilabel:`Pull Requests` from the top menu |
|
34 | 34 | 3. On the left-hand pane you will see the following options for |pr| |
|
35 | 35 | management on that |repo|: |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | * :guilabel:`Opened`: Pull requests opened on this |repo|. |
|
38 | 38 | * :guilabel:`Opened by me`: Pull requests you opened on this |repo|. |
|
39 | 39 | * :guilabel:`Awaiting my review`: Pull requests awaiting your review. |
|
40 | 40 | * :guilabel:`Closed`: Closed |prs| on this |repo|. |
|
41 | 41 | * :guilabel:`Awaiting review`: Pull requests still awaiting review on |
|
42 | 42 | this |repo|. |
|
43 | 43 | * :guilabel:`From this repo`: Pull requests opened on another |repo| with |
|
44 | 44 | the changes coming from this |repo|. |
|
45 | 45 | |
|
46 | 46 | .. image:: ../images/pr-screen.png |
|
47 | 47 | :alt: pull request dashboard |
@@ -1,27 +1,27 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _review-requests-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Review a |pr| |
|
4 | 4 | ------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | To review a pull request, use the following steps: |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | 1. Open the review request from |
|
9 | 9 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Repositories --> repo name --> Pull Requests --> Awaiting my review` |
|
10 | 10 | 2. Leave your review comments inline, or in the commit message. |
|
11 | 11 | 3. Set the review status from one of the following options: |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 | 13 | * :guilabel:`Not Reviewed` |
|
14 | 14 | * :guilabel:`Approved` |
|
15 | 15 | * :guilabel:`Approved & Closed` |
|
16 | 16 | * :guilabel:`Rejected` |
|
17 | 17 | * :guilabel:`Rejected & Closed` |
|
18 | 18 | * :guilabel:`Under Review` |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 | 20 | 4. Select Comment |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | When the |pr| is approved by all reviewers you will be able to merge |
|
23 |
automatically if |RC |
|
|
23 | automatically if |RCE| detects that it can do so safely. You will see this | |
|
24 | 24 | message: `This pull request can be automatically merged.` |
|
25 | 25 | |
|
26 | 26 | If rejected, you can fix the issues raised during review and then update the |
|
27 | 27 | |pr|. |
@@ -1,9 +1,9 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | Supported Workflows |
|
2 | 2 | ------------------- |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 |
|RC |
|
|
4 | |RCE| can be used to develop using a variety of different workflows. | |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | * Centralized, using |svn|, |git|, or |hg| |repos| |
|
7 | 7 | * Feature-Branch, using |git| or |hg| |repos| |
|
8 | 8 | * Fork-Pull, using |git| or |hg| |repos| |
|
9 | 9 | * Gitflow, using |git| |repos| |
@@ -1,36 +1,32 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | # Try and keep this list alphabetical |
|
2 | 2 | # ui is for user interface elements and messages |
|
3 | 3 | # button - that's obvious |
|
4 | 4 | |
|
5 | 5 | rst_epilog = ''' |
|
6 | 6 | .. |AE| replace:: Appenlight |
|
7 | 7 | .. |authtoken| replace:: Authentication Token |
|
8 | 8 | .. |authtokens| replace:: **Auth Tokens** |
|
9 | 9 | .. |RCCEshort| replace:: Community |
|
10 | 10 | .. |RCEEshort| replace:: Enterprise |
|
11 | 11 | .. |git| replace:: Git |
|
12 | 12 | .. |hg| replace:: Mercurial |
|
13 | 13 | .. |svn| replace:: Subversion |
|
14 | 14 | .. |LDAP| replace:: LDAP / Active Directory |
|
15 | 15 | .. |os| replace:: operating system |
|
16 | 16 | .. |OS| replace:: Operating System |
|
17 | 17 | .. |PY| replace:: Python |
|
18 | 18 | .. |pr| replace:: pull request |
|
19 | 19 | .. |prs| replace:: pull requests |
|
20 | 20 | .. |psf| replace:: Python Software Foundation |
|
21 | 21 | .. |repo| replace:: repository |
|
22 | 22 | .. |repos| replace:: repositories |
|
23 | .. |RCI| replace:: RhodeCode Control | |
|
24 | 23 | .. |RCC| replace:: RhodeCode Control |
|
25 | .. |RCV| replace:: RhodeCode Enterprise | |
|
26 | .. |RCM| replace:: RhodeCode Enterprise | |
|
27 | 24 | .. |RCE| replace:: RhodeCode Enterprise |
|
28 | 25 | .. |RCCE| replace:: RhodeCode Community |
|
29 | 26 | .. |RCEE| replace:: RhodeCode Enterprise |
|
30 | 27 | .. |RCX| replace:: RhodeCode Extensions |
|
31 | 28 | .. |RCT| replace:: RhodeCode Tools |
|
32 | 29 | .. |RCEBOLD| replace:: **RhodeCode Enterprise** |
|
33 | 30 | .. |RCEITALICS| replace:: `RhodeCode Enterprise` |
|
34 | .. |RC| replace:: RhodeCode | |
|
35 | 31 | .. |RNS| replace:: Release Notes |
|
36 | 32 | ''' |
@@ -1,36 +1,36 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _extensions-hooks-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Extensions & Hooks |
|
4 | 4 | ================== |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | The extensions & hooks section references three concepts regularly, |
|
7 | 7 | so to clarify what is meant each time, read the following definitions: |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | * **Plugin**: A Plugin is software that adds a specific feature to |
|
10 | 10 | an existing software application. |
|
11 | 11 | * **Extension**: An extension extends the capabilities of, |
|
12 | 12 | or the data available to, an existing software application. |
|
13 | 13 | * **Hook**: A hook intercepts function calls, messages, or events passed |
|
14 | 14 | between software components and can be used to trigger plugins, or their |
|
15 | 15 | extensions. |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | Hooks |
|
19 | 19 | ----- |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 |
Within |RC |
|
|
21 | Within |RCE| there are two types of supported hooks. | |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | * **Internal built-in hooks**: The internal |hg|, |git| or |svn| hooks are |
|
24 | 24 | triggered by different VCS operations, like push, pull, |
|
25 | 25 | or clone and are non-configurable, but you can add your own VCS hooks, |
|
26 | 26 | see :ref:`custom-hooks`. |
|
27 | 27 | * **Custom rcextensions hooks**: User defined hooks centre around the lifecycle of |
|
28 | 28 | certain actions such are |repo| creation, user creation etc. The actions |
|
29 | 29 | these hooks trigger can be rejected based on the API permissions of the |
|
30 | 30 | user calling them. |
|
31 | 31 | |
|
32 | 32 | On instructions how to use the custom `rcextensions` |
|
33 | 33 | see :ref:`integrations-rcextensions` section. |
|
34 | 34 | |
|
35 | 35 | |
|
36 | 36 |
@@ -1,87 +1,87 b'' | |||
|
1 |
|RC |
|
|
1 | |RCE| | |
|
2 | 2 | ===== |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 |
|RC |
|
|
4 | |RCE| is a high-performance source code management and collaboration system. | |
|
5 | 5 | It enables you to develop projects securely behind the firewall while |
|
6 | 6 | providing collaboration tools that work with |git|, |hg|, |
|
7 | 7 | and |svn| |repos|. The user interface allows you to create, edit, |
|
8 | 8 | and commit files and |repos| while managing their security permissions. |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 |
|RC |
|
|
10 | |RCE| provides the following features: | |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 | 12 | * Source code management. |
|
13 | 13 | * Extended permissions management. |
|
14 | 14 | * Integrated code collaboration tools. |
|
15 | 15 | * Integrated code review and notifications. |
|
16 | 16 | * Scalability provided by multi-node setup. |
|
17 | 17 | * Fully programmable automation API. |
|
18 | 18 | * Web-based hook management. |
|
19 | 19 | * Native |svn| support. |
|
20 | 20 | * Migration from existing databases. |
|
21 |
* |RC |
|
|
21 | * |RCE| SDK. | |
|
22 | 22 | * Built-in analytics |
|
23 | 23 | * Built in integrations including: Slack, Webhooks (used for Jenkins/TeamCity and other CIs), Jira, Redmine, Hipchat |
|
24 | 24 | * Pluggable authentication system. |
|
25 | 25 | * Support for AD, |LDAP|, Crowd, CAS, PAM. |
|
26 | 26 | * Support for external authentication via Oauth Google, Github, Bitbucket, Twitter. |
|
27 | 27 | * Debug modes of operation. |
|
28 | 28 | * Private and public gists. |
|
29 | 29 | * Gists with limited lifetimes and within instance only sharing. |
|
30 | 30 | * Fully integrated code search function. |
|
31 | 31 | * Always on SSL connectivity. |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | 33 | .. only:: html |
|
34 | 34 | |
|
35 | 35 | Table of Contents |
|
36 | 36 | ----------------- |
|
37 | 37 | |
|
38 | 38 | .. toctree:: |
|
39 | 39 | :maxdepth: 1 |
|
40 | 40 | :caption: Admin Documentation |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | install/quick-start |
|
43 | 43 | install/install-database |
|
44 | 44 | install/install-steps |
|
45 | 45 | admin/system-overview |
|
46 | 46 | nix/default-env |
|
47 | 47 | admin/system-admin |
|
48 | 48 | admin/user-admin |
|
49 | 49 | admin/setting-repo-perms |
|
50 | 50 | admin/security-tips |
|
51 | 51 | auth/auth |
|
52 | 52 | issue-trackers/issue-trackers |
|
53 | 53 | admin/lab-settings |
|
54 | 54 | |
|
55 | 55 | .. toctree:: |
|
56 | 56 | :maxdepth: 1 |
|
57 | 57 | :caption: Feature Documentation |
|
58 | 58 | |
|
59 | 59 | collaboration/collaboration |
|
60 | 60 | collaboration/review-notifications |
|
61 | 61 | collaboration/pull-requests |
|
62 | 62 | code-review/code-review |
|
63 | 63 | integrations/integrations |
|
64 | 64 | |
|
65 | 65 | .. toctree:: |
|
66 | 66 | :maxdepth: 1 |
|
67 | 67 | :caption: Developer Documentation |
|
68 | 68 | |
|
69 | 69 | api/api |
|
70 | 70 | tools/rhodecode-tools |
|
71 | 71 | extensions/extensions-hooks |
|
72 | 72 | contributing/contributing |
|
73 | 73 | |
|
74 | 74 | .. toctree:: |
|
75 | 75 | :maxdepth: 1 |
|
76 | 76 | :caption: User Documentation |
|
77 | 77 | |
|
78 | 78 | usage/basic-usage |
|
79 | 79 | tutorials/tutorials |
|
80 | 80 | |
|
81 | 81 | .. toctree:: |
|
82 | 82 | :maxdepth: 1 |
|
83 | 83 | :caption: About |
|
84 | 84 | |
|
85 | 85 | known-issues/known-issues |
|
86 | 86 | release-notes/release-notes |
|
87 | 87 | admin/glossary |
@@ -1,68 +1,66 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _rhodecode-database-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Supported Databases |
|
4 | 4 | =================== |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | .. important:: |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 |
We do not recommend using SQLite in a production environment |
|
|
9 | supported by |RCE| for evaluation purposes. | |
|
8 | We do not recommend using SQLite in a production environment of more than 5 people. | |
|
9 | It is not suited for higher usage and mayb cause problems. | |
|
10 | ||
|
11 | ||
|
12 | |RCE| supports the following databases. The recommended encoding is UTF-8. | |
|
13 | ||
|
14 | .. only:: latex | |
|
15 | ||
|
16 | * :ref:`install-sqlite-database` | |
|
17 | * :ref:`install-mysql-database` | |
|
18 | * :ref:`install-postgresql-database` | |
|
19 | ||
|
20 | .. toctree:: | |
|
21 | ||
|
22 | using-mysql | |
|
23 | using-postgresql | |
|
24 | using-sqllite | |
|
25 | ||
|
10 | 26 | |
|
11 | 27 | Database Overview |
|
12 | 28 | ----------------- |
|
13 | 29 | |
|
14 | 30 | Prior to installing |RCE| you should install and set up your database. |
|
15 | 31 | This means carrying out the following tasks: |
|
16 | 32 | |
|
17 | 33 | 1. Install the database software of your choice. |
|
18 | 34 | 2. Using the relevant instructions, create a user on that database to use |
|
19 | 35 | with |RCE|. |
|
20 | 36 | 3. Create a database, granting that user read/write access. |
|
21 | 37 | 4. During |RCE| installation you will be prompted for these user credentials, |
|
22 | 38 | enter them where appropriate. These credentials will be what |RCE| uses |
|
23 | 39 | to read/write from the database tables. |
|
24 | 40 | |
|
25 | 41 | Version Differences |
|
26 | 42 | ------------------- |
|
27 | 43 | |
|
28 | 44 | |RCE| releases 2(Major).x(Minor).x(Bug Fix) and 3.x.x use different database |
|
29 | 45 | schemas. Therefore, if you wish to run multiple instances using one database, |
|
30 | 46 | you can only do so using the same Minor Release numbered versions. |
|
31 | 47 | Though Bug Fix updates rarely have a database change, it is recommended to use |
|
32 | 48 | identical |RCE| version numbers for multi-instance setups. |
|
33 | 49 | |
|
34 | 50 | You can use the same database server to run multiple databases for differing |
|
35 | 51 | version numbers, but you will need separate databases for each |RCE| version on |
|
36 | 52 | that server. You can specify the database during installation, use the |
|
37 | 53 | following example to configure the correct one. |
|
38 | 54 | |
|
39 | 55 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
40 | 56 | |
|
41 | 57 | Database type - [s]qlite, [m]ysql, [p]ostresql: |
|
42 | 58 | PostgreSQL selected |
|
43 | 59 | Database host [127.0.0.1]: |
|
44 | 60 | Database port [5432]: |
|
45 | 61 | Database username: rhodecode |
|
46 | 62 | Database password: somepassword |
|
47 | 63 | # Specify the database you with to use on that server |
|
48 | 64 | # for the RCE instance you are installing |
|
49 | 65 | Database name: example-db-name-for-2xx # The 2xx version database |
|
50 | 66 | Database name: example-db-name-for-3xx # The 3xx version database |
|
51 | ||
|
52 | Supported Databases | |
|
53 | ------------------- | |
|
54 | ||
|
55 | |RCM| supports the following databases. The recommended encoding is Unicode | |
|
56 | UTF-8. | |
|
57 | ||
|
58 | .. only:: latex | |
|
59 | ||
|
60 | * :ref:`install-sqlite-database` | |
|
61 | * :ref:`install-mysql-database` | |
|
62 | * :ref:`install-postgresql-database` | |
|
63 | ||
|
64 | .. toctree:: | |
|
65 | ||
|
66 | using-mysql | |
|
67 | using-postgresql | |
|
68 | using-sqllite |
@@ -1,14 +1,14 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _rhodecode-post-instal-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Post Installation Tasks |
|
4 | 4 | ======================= |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | The following tasks are the most common post installation requirements. Use |
|
7 |
the information in these sections to configure your instance of |RC |
|
|
7 | the information in these sections to configure your instance of |RCE|. | |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | .. toctree:: |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | setup-email |
|
12 | 12 | database-string |
|
13 | 13 | configure-celery |
|
14 | 14 | migrate-repos |
@@ -1,23 +1,23 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _mig-repos: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Migrating |repos| |
|
4 | 4 | ----------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
If you have installed |RC |
|
|
6 | If you have installed |RCE| and have |repos| that you wish to migrate into | |
|
7 | 7 | the system, use the following instructions. |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 |
1. On the |RC |
|
|
9 | 1. On the |RCE| interface, check your |repo| storage location under | |
|
10 | 10 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> System Info`. For example, |
|
11 | 11 | Storage location: /home/{username}/repos. |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 |
2. Copy the |repos| that you want |RC |
|
|
13 | 2. Copy the |repos| that you want |RCE| to manage to this location. | |
|
14 | 14 | 3. Remap and rescan the |repos|, see :ref:`remap-rescan` |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | .. important:: |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 |
Directories create |repo| groups inside |RC |
|
|
18 | Directories create |repo| groups inside |RCE|. | |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 |
Importing adds |RC |
|
|
20 | Importing adds |RCE| git hooks to your |repos|. | |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | You should verify if custom ``.hg`` or ``.hgrc`` files inside |
|
23 |
repositories should be adjusted since |RC |
|
|
23 | repositories should be adjusted since |RCE| reads the content of them. |
@@ -1,110 +1,113 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _quick-start: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Quick Start Installation Guide |
|
4 | 4 | ============================== |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | .. important:: |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | These are quick start instructions. To optimize your |RCE|, |
|
9 | 9 | |RCC|, and |RCT| usage, read the more detailed instructions in our guides. |
|
10 | 10 | For detailed installation instructions, see |
|
11 | 11 | :ref:`RhodeCode Control Documentation <control:rcc>` |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 | 13 | .. tip:: |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | If using a non-SQLite database, install and configure the database, create |
|
16 | 16 | a new user, and grant permissions. You will be prompted for this user's |
|
17 | 17 | credentials during |RCE| installation. See the relevant database |
|
18 | 18 | documentation for more details. |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 | 20 | To get |RCE| up and running, run through the below steps: |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | 1. Download the latest |RCC| installer from `rhodecode.com/download`_. |
|
23 | 23 | If you don't have an account, sign up at `rhodecode.com/register`_. |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | 2. Run the |RCC| installer and accept the End User Licence using the |
|
26 | 26 | following example: |
|
27 | 27 | |
|
28 | 28 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
29 | 29 | |
|
30 |
$ chmod |
|
|
30 | $ chmod +x RhodeCode-installer-linux-* | |
|
31 | 31 | $ ./RhodeCode-installer-linux-* |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | Do you accept the RhodeCode Control license? | |
|
34 | Press [Y] to accept license and [V] to view license text: y | |
|
35 | ||
|
33 | 36 | 3. Install a VCS Server, and configure it to start at boot. |
|
34 | 37 | |
|
35 | 38 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
36 | 39 | |
|
37 | 40 | $ rccontrol install VCSServer |
|
38 | 41 | |
|
39 | 42 | Agree to the licence agreement? [y/N]: y |
|
40 | 43 | IP to start the server on [127.0.0.1]: |
|
41 | 44 | Port for the server to start [10005]: |
|
42 | 45 | Creating new instance: vcsserver-1 |
|
43 | 46 | Installing RhodeCode VCSServer |
|
44 | 47 | Configuring RhodeCode VCS Server ... |
|
45 | 48 | Supervisord state is: RUNNING |
|
46 | 49 | Added process group vcsserver-1 |
|
47 | 50 | |
|
48 | 51 | |
|
49 | 52 | 4. Install |RCEE| or |RCCE|. If using MySQL or PostgreSQL, during |
|
50 | 53 | installation you'll be asked for your database credentials, so have them at hand. |
|
51 | 54 | Mysql or Postgres needs to be running and a new database needs to be created. |
|
52 | 55 | You don't need any credentials or to create a database for SQLite. |
|
53 | 56 | |
|
54 | 57 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
55 | 58 | :emphasize-lines: 11-16 |
|
56 | 59 | |
|
57 | 60 | $ rccontrol install Community |
|
58 | 61 | |
|
59 | 62 | or |
|
60 | 63 | |
|
61 | 64 | $ rccontrol install Enterprise |
|
62 | 65 | |
|
63 | 66 | Username [admin]: username |
|
64 | 67 | Password (min 6 chars): |
|
65 | 68 | Repeat for confirmation: |
|
66 | 69 | Email: your@mail.com |
|
67 | 70 | Respositories location [/home/brian/repos]: |
|
68 | 71 | IP to start the Enterprise server on [127.0.0.1]: |
|
69 | 72 | Port for the Enterprise server to use [10004]: |
|
70 | 73 | Database type - [s]qlite, [m]ysql, [p]ostresql: |
|
71 | 74 | PostgreSQL selected |
|
72 | 75 | Database host [127.0.0.1]: |
|
73 | 76 | Database port [5432]: |
|
74 | 77 | Database username: db-user-name |
|
75 | 78 | Database password: somepassword |
|
76 | 79 | Database name: example-db-name |
|
77 | 80 | |
|
78 | 81 | 5. Check the status of your installation. You |RCEE|/|RCCE| instance runs |
|
79 | 82 | on the URL displayed in the status message. |
|
80 | 83 | |
|
81 | 84 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
82 | 85 | |
|
83 | 86 | $ rccontrol status |
|
84 | 87 | |
|
85 | 88 | - NAME: enterprise-1 |
|
86 | 89 | - STATUS: RUNNING |
|
87 | 90 | - TYPE: Enterprise |
|
88 | 91 | - VERSION: 4.1.0 |
|
89 | 92 | - URL: http://127.0.0.1:10003 |
|
90 | 93 | |
|
91 | 94 | - NAME: vcsserver-1 |
|
92 | 95 | - STATUS: RUNNING |
|
93 | 96 | - TYPE: VCSServer |
|
94 | 97 | - VERSION: 4.1.0 |
|
95 | 98 | - URL: http://127.0.0.1:10001 |
|
96 | 99 | |
|
97 | 100 | .. note:: |
|
98 | 101 | |
|
99 | 102 | Recommended post quick start install instructions: |
|
100 | 103 | |
|
101 | 104 | * Read the documentation |
|
102 | 105 | * Carry out the :ref:`rhodecode-post-instal-ref` |
|
103 | 106 | * Set up :ref:`indexing-ref` |
|
104 | 107 | * Familiarise yourself with the :ref:`rhodecode-admin-ref` section. |
|
105 | 108 | |
|
106 | 109 | .. _rhodecode.com/download/: https://rhodecode.com/download/ |
|
107 | 110 | .. _rhodecode.com: https://rhodecode.com/ |
|
108 | 111 | .. _rhodecode.com/register: https://rhodecode.com/register/ |
|
109 | 112 | .. _rhodecode.com/download: https://rhodecode.com/download/ |
|
110 | 113 |
@@ -1,30 +1,30 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _set-up-mail: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Set up Email |
|
4 | 4 | ------------ |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
To setup email with your |RC |
|
|
6 | To setup email with your |RCE| instance, open the default | |
|
7 | 7 | :file:`/home/{user}/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/rhodecode.ini` |
|
8 | 8 | file and uncomment and configure the email section. If it is not there, |
|
9 | 9 | use the below example to insert it. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 |
Once configured you can check the settings for your |RC |
|
|
11 | Once configured you can check the settings for your |RCE| instance on the | |
|
12 | 12 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> Email` page. |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | ################################################################################ |
|
17 | 17 | ## Uncomment and replace with the email address which should receive ## |
|
18 | 18 | ## any error reports after an application crash ## |
|
19 | 19 | ## Additionally these settings will be used by the RhodeCode mailing system ## |
|
20 | 20 | ################################################################################ |
|
21 | 21 | #email_to = admin@localhost |
|
22 | 22 | #app_email_from = rhodecode-noreply@localhost |
|
23 | 23 | #email_prefix = [RhodeCode] |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | #smtp_server = mail.server.com |
|
26 | 26 | #smtp_username = |
|
27 | 27 | #smtp_password = |
|
28 | 28 | #smtp_port = |
|
29 | 29 | #smtp_use_tls = false |
|
30 | 30 | #smtp_use_ssl = true |
@@ -1,26 +1,26 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _install-mysql-database: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | MySQL or MariaDB |
|
4 | 4 | ---------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | To use a MySQL or MariaDB database you should install and configure the |
|
7 |
database before installing |RC |
|
|
7 | database before installing |RCE|. This is because during |RCE| installation | |
|
8 | 8 | you will setup a connection to your MySQL or MariaDB database. To work with |
|
9 | 9 | either, use the following steps: |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | 1. Depending on your |os|, install a MySQL or MariaDB database following the |
|
12 | 12 | appropriate instructions from the `MySQL website`_ or `MariaDB website`_. |
|
13 | 13 | 2. Configure the database with a username and password which you will use |
|
14 |
with |RC |
|
|
15 |
3. Install |RC |
|
|
14 | with |RCE|. | |
|
15 | 3. Install |RCE|, and during installation select MySQL as your database. | |
|
16 | 16 | 4. Enter the following information during the database setup: |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | * Your network IP Address |
|
19 | 19 | * The port number for MySQL or MariaDB access. |
|
20 | 20 | The default port for both is ``3306`` |
|
21 | 21 | * Your database username |
|
22 | 22 | * Your database password |
|
23 | 23 | * A new database name |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | .. _MySQL website: http://www.mysql.com/ |
|
26 | 26 | .. _MariaDB website: https://mariadb.com/ |
@@ -1,24 +1,24 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _install-postgresql-database: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | PostgreSQL |
|
4 | 4 | ---------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | To use a PostgreSQL database, you should install and configure the database |
|
7 |
before installing |RC |
|
|
7 | before installing |RCE|. This is because during |RCE| installation you will | |
|
8 | 8 | setup the connection to your PostgreSQL database. To work with PostgreSQL, |
|
9 | 9 | use the following steps: |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | 1. Depending on your |os|, install a PostgreSQL database following the |
|
12 | 12 | appropriate instructions from the `PostgreSQL website`_. |
|
13 | 13 | 2. Configure the database with a username and password, which you will use |
|
14 |
with |RC |
|
|
15 |
3. Install |RC |
|
|
14 | with |RCE|. | |
|
15 | 3. Install |RCE|, and during installation select PostgreSQL as your database. | |
|
16 | 16 | 4. Enter the following information during the database setup: |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | * Your network IP Address |
|
19 | 19 | * The port number for PostgreSQL access; the default port is ``5434`` |
|
20 | 20 | * Your database username |
|
21 | 21 | * Your database password |
|
22 | 22 | * A new database name |
|
23 | 23 | |
|
24 | 24 | .. _PostgreSQL website: http://www.postgresql.org/ |
@@ -1,32 +1,32 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _install-sqlite-database: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | SQLite |
|
4 | 4 | ------ |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | .. important:: |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | We do not recommend using SQLite in a large development environment |
|
9 | 9 | as it has an internal locking mechanism which can become a performance |
|
10 | 10 | bottleneck when there are more than 5 concurrent users. |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 |
|RC |
|
|
12 | |RCE| installs SQLite as the default database if you do not specify another | |
|
13 | 13 | during installation. SQLite is suitable for small teams, |
|
14 | 14 | projects with a low load, and evaluation purposes since it is built into |
|
15 |
|RC |
|
|
15 | |RCE| and does not require any additional database server. | |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 | 17 | Using MySQL or PostgreSQL in an large setup gives you much greater |
|
18 | 18 | performance, and while migration tools exist to move from one database type |
|
19 | 19 | to another, it is better to get it right first time and to immediately use |
|
20 |
MySQL or PostgreSQL when you deploy |RC |
|
|
20 | MySQL or PostgreSQL when you deploy |RCE| in a production environment. | |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | Migrating From SQLite to PostgreSQL |
|
23 | 23 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | If you started working with SQLite and now need to migrate your database |
|
26 | 26 | to PostgreSQL, you can contact support@rhodecode.com for some help. We have a |
|
27 | 27 | set of scripts that enable SQLite to PostgreSQL migration. These scripts have |
|
28 | 28 | been tested, and work with PostgreSQL 9.1+. |
|
29 | 29 | |
|
30 | 30 | .. note:: |
|
31 | 31 | |
|
32 | 32 | There are no SQLite to MySQL or MariaDB scripts available. |
@@ -1,60 +1,60 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _integrations: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Integrations |
|
4 | 4 | ------------ |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | |RCE| supports integrations with external services for various events, |
|
7 | 7 | such as commit pushes and pull requests. Multiple integrations of the same type |
|
8 | 8 | can be added at the same time; this is useful for posting different events to |
|
9 | 9 | different Slack channels, for example. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | Supported integrations |
|
12 | 12 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | ================================ ============ ======================================== | |
|
15 |
Type/Name |
|
|
16 | ================================ ============ ======================================== | |
|
14 | ================================ ================== ======================================== | |
|
15 | Type/Name RhodeCode Edition Description | |
|
16 | ================================ ================== ======================================== | |
|
17 | 17 | :ref:`integrations-webhook` |RCCEshort| Trigger events as `json` to a custom url |
|
18 | 18 | :ref:`integrations-slack` |RCCEshort| Integrate with https://slack.com/ |
|
19 | 19 | :ref:`integrations-hipchat` |RCCEshort| Integrate with https://www.hipchat.com/ |
|
20 | 20 | :ref:`integrations-email` |RCCEshort| Send repo push commits by email |
|
21 | 21 | :ref:`integrations-ci` |RCCEshort| Trigger Builds for Common CI Systems |
|
22 | 22 | :ref:`integrations-rcextensions` |RCCEshort| Advanced low-level integration framework |
|
23 | 23 | |
|
24 | 24 | :ref:`integrations-jenkins` |RCEEshort| Trigger Builds for Jenkins CI System |
|
25 | 25 | :ref:`integrations-redmine` |RCEEshort| Close/Resolve/Reference Redmine issues |
|
26 | 26 | :ref:`integrations-jira` |RCEEshort| Close/Resolve/Reference JIRA issues |
|
27 | ================================ ============ ======================================== | |
|
27 | ================================ ================== ======================================== | |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | .. _creating-integrations: |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | Creating an Integration |
|
32 | 32 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
33 | 33 | |
|
34 | 34 | Integrations can be added globally via the admin UI: |
|
35 | 35 | |
|
36 | 36 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Integrations` |
|
37 | 37 | |
|
38 | 38 | or per repository in each repository's settings: |
|
39 | 39 | |
|
40 | 40 | :menuselection:`Admin --> Repositories --> Edit --> Integrations` |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | To create an integration, select the type from the list in the *Create New |
|
43 | 43 | Integration* section. |
|
44 | 44 | |
|
45 | 45 | The *Current Integrations* section shows existing integrations that have been |
|
46 | 46 | created along with their type (eg. Slack) and enabled status. |
|
47 | 47 | |
|
48 | 48 | See pages specific to each type of integration for more instructions: |
|
49 | 49 | |
|
50 | 50 | .. toctree:: |
|
51 | 51 | |
|
52 | 52 | slack |
|
53 | 53 | hipchat |
|
54 | 54 | redmine |
|
55 | 55 | jira |
|
56 | 56 | webhook |
|
57 | 57 | |
|
58 | 58 | ci |
|
59 | 59 | jenkins |
|
60 | 60 | integrations-rcextensions |
@@ -1,81 +1,81 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _rhodecode-issue-trackers-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Issue Tracker Integration |
|
4 | 4 | ========================= |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | You can set an issue tracker connection in two ways with |RCE|. |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | * At the instance level, you can set a default issue tracker. |
|
9 | 9 | * At the |repo| level, you can configure an integration with a different issue |
|
10 | 10 | tracker. |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 |
To integrate |RC |
|
|
12 | To integrate |RCE| with an issue tracker, you need to define a regular | |
|
13 | 13 | expression that will fetch the issue ID stored in commit messages, and replace |
|
14 | 14 | it with a URL. This enables |RCE| to generate a link matching each issue to the |
|
15 | 15 | target |repo|. |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 | 17 | Default Issue Tracker Configuration |
|
18 | 18 | ----------------------------------- |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 | 20 | To integrate your issue tracker, use the following steps: |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | 1. Open :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> Issue Tracker`. |
|
23 | 23 | 2. In the new entry field, enter the following information: |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | * :guilabel:`Description`: A name for this set of rules. |
|
26 | 26 | * :guilabel:`Pattern`: The regular expression that will match issues |
|
27 | 27 | tagged in commit messages, or more see :ref:`issue-tr-eg-ref`. |
|
28 | 28 | * :guilabel:`URL`: The URL to your issue tracker. |
|
29 | 29 | * :guilabel:`Prefix`: The prefix with which you want to mark issues. |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | 3. Select **Add** so save the rule to your issue tracker configuration. |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | 33 | Repository Issue Tracker Configuration |
|
34 | 34 | -------------------------------------- |
|
35 | 35 | |
|
36 | 36 | You can configure specific |repos| to use a different issue tracker than the |
|
37 | 37 | default one. See the instructions in :ref:`repo-it` |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | .. _issue-tr-eg-ref: |
|
40 | 40 | |
|
41 | 41 | Jira Integration |
|
42 | 42 | ---------------- |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | * Regex = ``(?:^#|\s#)(\w+-\d+)`` |
|
45 | 45 | * URL = ``https://myissueserver.com/browse/${id}`` |
|
46 | 46 | * Issue Prefix = ``#`` |
|
47 | 47 | |
|
48 | 48 | Confluence (Wiki) |
|
49 | 49 | ----------------- |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 | 51 | * Regex = ``(?:conf-)([A-Z0-9]+)`` |
|
52 | 52 | * URL = ``https://example.atlassian.net/display/wiki/${id}/${repo_name}`` |
|
53 | 53 | * issue prefix = ``CONF-`` |
|
54 | 54 | |
|
55 | 55 | Redmine Integration |
|
56 | 56 | ------------------- |
|
57 | 57 | |
|
58 | 58 | * Regex = ``(issue-+\d+)`` |
|
59 | 59 | * URL = ``https://myissueserver.com/redmine/issue/${id}`` |
|
60 | 60 | * Issue Prefix = ``issue-`` |
|
61 | 61 | |
|
62 | 62 | Redmine (wiki) |
|
63 | 63 | -------------- |
|
64 | 64 | |
|
65 | 65 | * Regex = ``(?:wiki-)([a-zA-Z0-9]+)`` |
|
66 | 66 | * URL = ``https://example.com/redmine/projects/wiki/${repo_name}`` |
|
67 | 67 | * Issue prefix = ``Issue-`` |
|
68 | 68 | |
|
69 | 69 | Pivotal Tracker |
|
70 | 70 | --------------- |
|
71 | 71 | |
|
72 | 72 | * Regex = ``(?:pivot-)(?<project_id>\d+)-(?<story>\d+)`` |
|
73 | 73 | * URL = ``https://www.pivotaltracker.com/s/projects/${project_id}/stories/${story}`` |
|
74 | 74 | * Issue prefix = ``Piv-`` |
|
75 | 75 | |
|
76 | 76 | Trello |
|
77 | 77 | ------ |
|
78 | 78 | |
|
79 | 79 | * Regex = ``(?:trello-)(?<card_id>[a-zA-Z0-9]+)`` |
|
80 | 80 | * URL = ``https://trello.com/example.com/${card_id}`` |
|
81 | 81 | * Issue prefix = ``Trello-`` |
@@ -1,15 +1,15 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _err-msg-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Error Message Guide |
|
4 | 4 | =================== |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | Error Message |
|
7 | 7 | Error creating repository repo-name |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | Cause |
|
10 |
As of |RC |
|
|
10 | As of |RCE| 3.0, a VCS Server is required to run backend operations. | |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 | 12 | Solution |
|
13 | 13 | Install a VCS Server. See the `Install a VCS Server`_ section of |RCC| |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | .. _Install a VCS Server: https://docs.rhodecode.com/RhodeCode-Control/tasks/upgrade-from-cli.html#install-a-vcs-server No newline at end of file |
@@ -1,31 +1,31 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _rhodecode-nix-ref: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Nix Packaging |
|
4 | 4 | ============= |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
|RC |
|
|
6 | |RCE| is installed using |Nix Package Manager|. The Nix environment provides | |
|
7 | 7 | the following features for maintenance and deployment: |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | * Atomic upgrades and rollbacks |
|
10 | 10 | * Complete dependency management |
|
11 | 11 | * Garbage collection |
|
12 | 12 | * Binary patching |
|
13 | 13 | * Secure channel updates |
|
14 | 14 | * Nix works on Windows, Linux, and OSX |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | The complete list of dependencies can be found in |
|
17 | 17 | :file:`/opt/rhodecode/store/{unique-hash}`. |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 | 19 | .. note:: |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | No |RCE| data is stored in this location. |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | .. warning:: |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | Never alter any of the packages in the store. Always use the |
|
26 | 26 | :ref:`RhodeCode Control CLI <control:rcc-cli>` update functions to keep |
|
27 | 27 | the packages and instances updated. |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | .. |Nix Package Manager| raw:: html |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | <a href="http://nixos.org/nix/" target="_blank">Nix</a> |
@@ -1,166 +1,166 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | |RCE| 3.0.0 |RNS| |
|
2 | 2 | ----------------- |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 |
As |RC |
|
|
4 | As |RCE| 3.0 is a big release, the release notes have been split into the following sections: | |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | * :ref:`general-rn-ref` |
|
7 | 7 | * :ref:`security-rn-ref` |
|
8 | 8 | * :ref:`api-rn-ref` |
|
9 | 9 | * :ref:`performance-rn-ref` |
|
10 | 10 | * :ref:`prs-rn-ref` |
|
11 | 11 | * :ref:`gists-rn-ref` |
|
12 | 12 | * :ref:`search-rn-ref` |
|
13 | 13 | * :ref:`fixes-rn-ref` |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | .. _general-rn-ref: |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 | 17 | General |
|
18 | 18 | ^^^^^^^ |
|
19 | 19 | * Released 2015-01-27 |
|
20 | 20 | * Basic |svn| support added |
|
21 | 21 | * GPLv3 components removed |
|
22 | 22 | * Server/Client architecture for VCS systems created |
|
23 | 23 | * Python 2.5 and 2.6 support deprecated |
|
24 | 24 | * Server info pages now show gist/archive cache storage, and also CPU/Memory/Load information. |
|
25 | 25 | * Added new bulk commit (changeset) status comment form into compare view which enables bulk code-reviews without |
|
26 | 26 | opening a pull-request. |
|
27 | 27 | * License checks and limits now only apply to active users. |
|
28 | 28 | * Removed CLI command for |repo| scans as it can be done via an API call. |
|
29 | 29 | * VCS backends can be globally enabled/disabled from the :file:`rhodecode.ini` file. |
|
30 | 30 | * Added a UI option to set default rendering to rst or markdown. |
|
31 | 31 | * Added syntax highlighting to 2 way compare diff. |
|
32 | 32 | * Markup rendering can now render checkboxes for easy checklists generation. |
|
33 | 33 | * Gravatars are now retina ready. |
|
34 | 34 | * Admins can define custom CSS or JavaScript in the header or footer via new pre/post code options. |
|
35 | 35 | * Replaced ``graph.js`` with ``commits-graph.js`` html5 implementation. |
|
36 | 36 | * Added editable owner field for repository groups, and user group. |
|
37 | 37 | * Added an option to detach/delete user repositories when deleting users from the system. |
|
38 | 38 | * Added a Supervisor control page that shows status of processes. |
|
39 | 39 | * User admin grid can now filter by username OR email. |
|
40 | 40 | * Added personal |repo| group link for easier fork creation. |
|
41 | 41 | * Added support for using subdirectories when creating and uploading new files. |
|
42 | 42 | * Added option to rename a file from the web interface. |
|
43 | 43 | * Added arrow key navigation to file filter and fixed the back button behaviour. |
|
44 | 44 | * Added fuzzy matching to file filter. |
|
45 | 45 | * Added functionality to create folder structures along with files when adding content via the web interface. |
|
46 | 46 | * Separated default permissions UI into `global`, `user`, or `object` permissions management. |
|
47 | 47 | * Added an inheritance flag to object permissions which allows for explicit permissions which disregard global |
|
48 | 48 | permissions. |
|
49 | 49 | * Added post create repository group hook. |
|
50 | 50 | * Added trigger push hooks on online file editor. |
|
51 | 51 | * Added default title for pull request. |
|
52 | 52 | * More detailed logs during Authentication. |
|
53 | 53 | * More explicit logging when permission checks occur. |
|
54 | 54 | * Switched the implementation of |git| ``fetch clone pull checkout`` commands to pure |py| without any subprocess |
|
55 | 55 | calls. |
|
56 | 56 | * Introduced the ``rcserver`` command for custom development. |
|
57 | 57 | * Added the ability to force no cache archived via the ``GET no_cache`` flag |
|
58 | 58 | |
|
59 | 59 | .. _security-rn-ref: |
|
60 | 60 | |
|
61 | 61 | Security |
|
62 | 62 | ^^^^^^^^ |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | * CSRF (Cross-Site Request Forgery) tokens now in all pages that use forms. |
|
65 | 65 | * The ``clone_url`` field is now AES encrypted inside the database. |
|
66 | 66 | * ACLs (Access Control Lists) are checked on the gist edit page for logged in users. |
|
67 | 67 | * New repository groups and repositories are created with 0755 permissions and not not 0777. |
|
68 | 68 | * Explicit RSS tokens are used for the RSS journal, when leaked, limits access to RSS only. |
|
69 | 69 | * Fixed XSS issues when rendering raw SVG files. |
|
70 | 70 | * Added force password reset option for users. |
|
71 | 71 | * IP list now accepts comma-separated values, and also ranges using `-` to specify multiple addresses. |
|
72 | 72 | * Added ``auth tokens``, these authentication tokens can be used as an alternative to passwords. |
|
73 | 73 | * Added roles (``http, api, rss, all, vcs``) into authentication tokens (previously called ``apikeys``). |
|
74 | 74 | * LDAP Group Support added. |
|
75 | 75 | * Added JASIG CAS auth plugin support. |
|
76 | 76 | * Added a plugin parameter that defines if a plugin can create new users on the fly. |
|
77 | 77 | |
|
78 | 78 | .. _api-rn-ref: |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | API |
|
81 | 81 | ^^^ |
|
82 | 82 | * Added permissions delegation when creating |repos| or |repo| groups. |
|
83 | 83 | * Added ``strip`` support for |hg| and |git| |repos|. |
|
84 | 84 | * Added comments API for commits. |
|
85 | 85 | * Added add/remove methods for extra fields in repositories. |
|
86 | 86 | * ``get_*`` calls now use ``permission()`` and ``permission_user_group()`` methods for unified permissions structure. |
|
87 | 87 | * ``get_repo_nodes`` information sending has changed and is no longer a boolean flag, it's now ``basic`` or ``full``. |
|
88 | 88 | * Due to configurable backends ``repo_type`` is now mandatory parameter for the ``create_repo`` call. |
|
89 | 89 | |
|
90 | 90 | .. _performance-rn-ref: |
|
91 | 91 | |
|
92 | 92 | Performance |
|
93 | 93 | ^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
94 | 94 | |
|
95 | 95 | * Significant performance improvements across all application functions. |
|
96 | 96 | * HTTP Authentication performance enhancements. |
|
97 | 97 | * Added a ``scope`` variable to the permissions fetching function which improves building permission trees in large |
|
98 | 98 | amounts by a factor of 10. |
|
99 | 99 | * Implemented caching logic for all authentication plugins. The ``AUTH_CACHE_TTL = <int>`` property now allow you to |
|
100 | 100 | set the cache in seconds. |
|
101 | 101 | |
|
102 | 102 | .. _prs-rn-ref: |
|
103 | 103 | |
|
104 | 104 | Pull Requests |
|
105 | 105 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
106 | 106 | |
|
107 | 107 | * Pull requests can be now updated and merged from the web interface |
|
108 | 108 | * Fixed creating a Mercurial |pr| from a bookmark. |
|
109 | 109 | * Forbid closing pull requests when calculated status is different that the approved or rejected version. |
|
110 | 110 | * Properly display calculated pull request review status on listing page. |
|
111 | 111 | * Disable delete comment button if |pr| is closed. |
|
112 | 112 | |
|
113 | 113 | .. _gists-rn-ref: |
|
114 | 114 | |
|
115 | 115 | Gists |
|
116 | 116 | ^^^^^ |
|
117 | 117 | * New UI based on grids with filtering. |
|
118 | 118 | * Super-admins can see all gists. |
|
119 | 119 | * Gists can now be created with a custom names. |
|
120 | 120 | |
|
121 | 121 | .. _search-rn-ref: |
|
122 | 122 | |
|
123 | 123 | Search |
|
124 | 124 | ^^^^^^ |
|
125 | 125 | |
|
126 | 126 | * New API based indexer. |
|
127 | 127 | * Added the ability to create size limits for indexed files. |
|
128 | 128 | * Added a new mapping configuration file which gives a very high level of flexibility when creating full text search. |
|
129 | 129 | |
|
130 | 130 | .. _fixes-rn-ref: |
|
131 | 131 | |
|
132 | 132 | Fixes |
|
133 | 133 | ^^^^^ |
|
134 | 134 | |
|
135 | 135 | * General: fixed issues with dependent objects, such as ``users`` in ``user groups``. Cleaning up these dependent |
|
136 | 136 | objects is now done in a safe way. |
|
137 | 137 | * General: deleting a ``user group`` from **settings > advanced** will use force removal and cleanup from all |
|
138 | 138 | associations. |
|
139 | 139 | * General: fixed issue with filter proxy middleware it's now more error prone. |
|
140 | 140 | * General: fixed issues with unable to create fork inside a group. |
|
141 | 141 | * General: fixed bad logic in ``ext_json`` lib, that checked bool on microseconds, in case it was 0 bool it returned False. |
|
142 | 142 | * General: authors in annotation mode shows authors of current source, not from all history (that is in normal mode) |
|
143 | 143 | * Permissions: fix issue when inherit flag for user group stopped working after initial permissions set. |
|
144 | 144 | * |git|: fixed shallow clones. |
|
145 | 145 | * |git|: added ``\n`` into the service line of |git| protocol. It is in the specifications and some python clients |
|
146 | 146 | require this. |
|
147 | 147 | * |hg|: fix thread safety for mercurial ``in-memory`` commits. |
|
148 | 148 | * Windows: fixed issue with shebang and env headers. |
|
149 | 149 | * MySQL: fixed database fields with 256 char length with added indexes. Mysql had problems with them. |
|
150 | 150 | * Database: fixed bad usage of matching using ``ILIKE``. Previously it could happen that if you had |
|
151 | 151 | ``marcin_1@rhodecode.com`` and ``marcin_2@rhodecode.com`` emails, using ``marcin_@rhodecode.com`` would match both. |
|
152 | 152 | * VCS: fixed issues with double new lines on the commit patches. |
|
153 | 153 | * VCS: repository locking now requires write permission to repository. If we allowed locking with read, |
|
154 | 154 | people can lock repository without an option to unlock it. |
|
155 | 155 | * Models: removed the ``isdigit`` call that can create issues when names are actually numbers on fetching objects. |
|
156 | 156 | * Files: Fix bug with show authors in annotate view. |
|
157 | 157 | * Hooks: truncate excessive commit lists on ``post_push`` hook. |
|
158 | 158 | * Hooks: in |git|, support added to set the default branch if it is not ``master``. |
|
159 | 159 | * Notifications: now can be marked as read when you are not admin. |
|
160 | 160 | * Notifications: marking all notifications as read will hide the counter. |
|
161 | 161 | * Frontend: fixed branch-tag switcher multiple ajax calls. |
|
162 | 162 | * Repository group: |repo| group owners can now change group settings even if they don't have access to top-level |
|
163 | 163 | permissions. |
|
164 | 164 | * Repositories: if you set ``Fork of`` in advanced repository settings it will now only show valid repositories |
|
165 | 165 | with the same type. |
|
166 | 166 |
@@ -1,85 +1,85 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _install-tools: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | |RCT| Installation |
|
4 | 4 | ------------------ |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | As of |RCE| 3.4.1 |RCT| is installed automatically on the server with |RCE|. You |
|
7 | 7 | do not need to install |RCT| on the server, but you will need to install them |
|
8 | 8 | on machines that need remote access. The tools are linked to the instance |
|
9 | 9 | folder, for example :file:`~/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/profile/bin` |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | You can list the available tools using the following example, and the valid |
|
12 | 12 | tools options are those which correspond with those in the :ref:`rc-tools` |
|
13 | 13 | section. |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 | 17 | $ ls ~/.rccontrol/enterprise-4/profile/bin/ |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 | 19 | gen_js_i18n rhodecode-cleanup-gists rhodecode-tools svnrdump |
|
20 | 20 | gen_js_routes rhodecode-cleanup-repos supervisorctl svnserve |
|
21 | 21 | git rhodecode-config supervisord svnsync |
|
22 | 22 | gunicorn rhodecode-extensions svn svnversion |
|
23 | 23 | hg rhodecode-gist svnadmin vcsserver |
|
24 | 24 | paster rhodecode-index svndumpfilter |
|
25 | 25 | rc-server rhodecode-list-instances svnlook |
|
26 | 26 | rhodecode-api rhodecode-setup-config svnmucc |
|
27 | 27 | |
|
28 | 28 | You can then use the tools as described in the :ref:`rc-tools` section using the |
|
29 | 29 | following example: |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | 33 | # Running the indexer |
|
34 | 34 | $ ~/.rccontrol/enterprise-1/profile/bin/rhodecode-index \ |
|
35 | 35 | --instance-name=enterprise-1 |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | # Cleaning up gists |
|
38 | 38 | $ ~/.rccontrol/enterprise-4/profile/bin/rhodecode-cleanup-gists \ |
|
39 | 39 | --instance-name=enterprise-4 |
|
40 | 40 | |
|
41 | 41 | Scanning for gists in /home/brian/repos/.rc_gist_store... |
|
42 | 42 | preparing to remove [1] found gists |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | Installing |RCT| |
|
45 | 45 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 |
|RCT| enable you to automate many of the most common |RC |
|
|
47 | |RCT| enable you to automate many of the most common |RCE| functions through | |
|
48 | 48 | the API. Installing them on a local machine lets you carry out maintenance on |
|
49 | 49 | the server remotely. Once installed you can use them to index your |repos| |
|
50 |
to setup full-text search, strip commits, or install |
|
|
50 | to setup full-text search, strip commits, or install RhodeCode Extensions for | |
|
51 | 51 | additional functionality. |
|
52 | 52 | |
|
53 | 53 | For more detailed instructions about using |RCT| for indexing and full-text |
|
54 | 54 | search, see :ref:`indexing-ref` |
|
55 | 55 | |
|
56 | 56 | To install |RCT|, use the following steps: |
|
57 | 57 | |
|
58 | 58 | 1. Set up a ``virtualenv`` on your local machine, see virtualenv_ instructions |
|
59 | 59 | here. |
|
60 | 60 | 2. Install |RCT| using pip. Full url with token is available at https://rhodecode.com/u/#rhodecode-tools |
|
61 | 61 | ``pip install -I https://dls.rhodecode.com/dls/<token>/rhodecode-tools/latest`` |
|
62 | 62 | |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | Once |RCT| is installed using these steps there are a few extra |
|
65 | 65 | configuration changes you can make. These are explained in more detail in the |
|
66 | 66 | :ref:`indexing-ref` section, and the :ref:`rc-tools` section. |
|
67 | 67 | |
|
68 | 68 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
69 | 69 | |
|
70 | 70 | # Create a virtualenv |
|
71 | 71 | brian@ubuntu:~$ virtualenv venv |
|
72 | 72 | New python executable in venv/bin/python |
|
73 | 73 | Installing setuptools, pip...done. |
|
74 | 74 | |
|
75 | 75 | # Activate the virtualenv |
|
76 | 76 | brian@ubuntu:~$ . venv/bin/activate |
|
77 | 77 | |
|
78 | 78 | # Install RhodeCode Tools inside the virtualenv, full url with token is available at https://rhodecode.com/u/#rhodecode-tools |
|
79 | 79 | $ pip install -I https://dls.rhodecode.com/dls/<token>/rhodecode-tools/latest |
|
80 | 80 | |
|
81 | 81 | # Check the installation |
|
82 | 82 | $ rhodecode-tools --help |
|
83 | 83 | |
|
84 | 84 | .. _virtualenv: https://virtualenv.pypa.io/en/latest/index.html |
|
85 | 85 |
@@ -1,14 +1,14 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _rc-tools: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | |RCT| |
|
4 | 4 | ===== |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
|RCT| enable you to automate many of the most common |RC |
|
|
6 | |RCT| enable you to automate many of the most common |RCE| functions through | |
|
7 | 7 | the API. |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | .. toctree:: |
|
10 | 10 | :maxdepth: 1 |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 | 12 | tools-overview |
|
13 | 13 | install-tools |
|
14 | 14 | tools-cli |
@@ -1,578 +1,578 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _tools-cli: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | |RCT| CLI |
|
4 | 4 | --------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | The commands available with |RCT| can be split into three categories: |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | - Remotely executable commands that can be run from your local machine once you |
|
9 | 9 | have your connection details to |RCE| configured. |
|
10 | 10 | - Locally executable commands the can be run on the server to carry out |
|
11 | 11 | general maintenance. |
|
12 | 12 | - Local configuration commands used to help set up your |RCT| configuration. |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | rhodecode-tools |
|
16 | 16 | --------------- |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | Use |RCT| to setup automation, run the indexer, and install extensions for |
|
19 |
your |RC |
|
|
19 | your |RCE| instances. Options: | |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | .. rst-class:: dl-horizontal |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | \ - -apihost <api_host> |
|
24 | 24 | Set the API host value. |
|
25 | 25 | |
|
26 | 26 | \ - -apikey <apikey_value> |
|
27 | 27 | Set the API key value. |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | \-c, - -config <config_file> |
|
30 | 30 | Create a configuration file. The default file is created |
|
31 | 31 | in ``~/.rhoderc`` |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | 33 | \ - -save-config |
|
34 | 34 | Save the configuration file. |
|
35 | 35 | |
|
36 | 36 | \ - -show-config |
|
37 | 37 | Show the current configuration values. |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | \ - -format {json,pretty} |
|
40 | 40 | Set the formatted representation. |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | Example usage: |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
45 | 45 | |
|
46 | 46 | $ rhodecode-tools --apikey=key --apihost=http://rhodecode.server \ |
|
47 | 47 | --save-config |
|
48 | 48 | |
|
49 | 49 | rhodecode-api |
|
50 | 50 | ------------- |
|
51 | 51 | |
|
52 |
The |
|
|
52 | The RhodeCode API lets you connect to |RCE| and carry out management tasks from a | |
|
53 | 53 | remote machine, for more information about the API, see the :ref:`api`. To |
|
54 | 54 | pass arguments on the command-line use the ``method:option`` syntax. |
|
55 | 55 | |
|
56 | 56 | Example usage: |
|
57 | 57 | |
|
58 | 58 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
59 | 59 | |
|
60 | 60 | # Run the get_repos API call and sample output |
|
61 | 61 | $ rhodecode-api --instance-name=enterprise-1 create_repo \ |
|
62 | 62 | repo_name:brand-new repo_type:hg description:repo-desc |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | { |
|
65 | 65 | "error": null, |
|
66 | 66 | "id": 1110, |
|
67 | 67 | "result": { |
|
68 | 68 | "msg": "Created new repository `brand-new`", |
|
69 | 69 | "success": true, |
|
70 | 70 | "task": null |
|
71 | 71 | } |
|
72 | 72 | } |
|
73 | 73 | |
|
74 | 74 | Options: |
|
75 | 75 | |
|
76 | 76 | .. rst-class:: dl-horizontal |
|
77 | 77 | |
|
78 | 78 | \ - -api-cache-only |
|
79 | 79 | Requires a cache to be present when running this call |
|
80 | 80 | |
|
81 | 81 | \ - -api-cache-rebuild |
|
82 | 82 | Replaces existing cached values with new ones from server |
|
83 | 83 | |
|
84 | 84 | \ - -api-cache <PATH> |
|
85 | 85 | Use a special cache dir to read responses from instead of the server |
|
86 | 86 | |
|
87 | 87 | \ - -api-cert-verify |
|
88 | 88 | Verify the endpoint ssl certificate |
|
89 | 89 | |
|
90 | 90 | \ - -api-cert <PATH> |
|
91 | 91 | Path to alternate CA bundle. |
|
92 | 92 | |
|
93 | 93 | \ - -apihost <api_host> |
|
94 | 94 | Set the API host value. |
|
95 | 95 | |
|
96 | 96 | \ - -apikey <apikey_value> |
|
97 | 97 | Set the API key value. |
|
98 | 98 | |
|
99 | 99 | \ - -instance-name <instance-id> |
|
100 | 100 | Set the instance name |
|
101 | 101 | |
|
102 | 102 | \-I, - -install-dir <DIR> |
|
103 | 103 | Location of application instances |
|
104 | 104 | |
|
105 | 105 | \-c, - -config <.rhoderc-file> |
|
106 | 106 | Location of the :file:`.rhoderc` |
|
107 | 107 | |
|
108 | 108 | \-F, - -format {json,pretty} |
|
109 | 109 | Set the formatted representation. |
|
110 | 110 | |
|
111 | 111 | \-h, - -help |
|
112 | 112 | Show help messages. |
|
113 | 113 | |
|
114 | 114 | \-v, - -verbose |
|
115 | 115 | Enable verbose messaging |
|
116 | 116 | |
|
117 | 117 | rhodecode-cleanup-gists |
|
118 | 118 | ----------------------- |
|
119 | 119 | |
|
120 |
Use this to delete gists within |RC |
|
|
120 | Use this to delete gists within |RCE|. Options: | |
|
121 | 121 | |
|
122 | 122 | .. rst-class:: dl-horizontal |
|
123 | 123 | |
|
124 | 124 | \-c, - -config <config_file> |
|
125 | 125 | Set the file path to the configuration file. The default file is |
|
126 | 126 | :file:`/home/{user}/.rhoderc` |
|
127 | 127 | |
|
128 | 128 | \ - -corrupted |
|
129 | 129 | Remove gists with corrupted metadata. |
|
130 | 130 | |
|
131 | 131 | \ - -dont-ask |
|
132 | 132 | Remove gists without asking for confirmation. |
|
133 | 133 | |
|
134 | 134 | \-h, - -help |
|
135 | 135 | Show help messages. current configuration values. |
|
136 | 136 | |
|
137 | 137 | \ - -instance-name <instance-id> |
|
138 | 138 | Set the instance name. |
|
139 | 139 | |
|
140 | 140 | \-R, - -repo-dir |
|
141 | 141 | Set the repository file path. |
|
142 | 142 | |
|
143 | 143 | \ - -version |
|
144 | 144 | Display your |RCT| version. |
|
145 | 145 | |
|
146 | 146 | Example usage: |
|
147 | 147 | |
|
148 | 148 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
149 | 149 | |
|
150 | 150 | # Clean up gists related to an instance |
|
151 | 151 | $ rhodecode-cleanup-gists --instance-name=enterprise-1 |
|
152 | 152 | Scanning for gists in /home/brian/repos/.rc_gist_store... |
|
153 | 153 | preparing to remove [3] found gists |
|
154 | 154 | |
|
155 | 155 | # Clean up corrupted gists in an instance |
|
156 | 156 | $ rhodecode-cleanup-gists --instance-name=enterprise-1 --corrupted |
|
157 | 157 | Scanning for gists in /home/brian/repos/.rc_gist_store... |
|
158 | 158 | preparing to remove [2] found gists |
|
159 | 159 | the following gists will be archived: |
|
160 | 160 | * EXPIRED: BAD METADATA | /home/brian/repos/.rc_gist_store/5 |
|
161 | 161 | * EXPIRED: BAD METADATA | /home/brian/repos/.rc_gist_store/8FtC |
|
162 | 162 | are you sure you want to archive them? [y/N]: y |
|
163 | 163 | removing gist /home/brian/repos/.rc_gist_store/5 |
|
164 | 164 | removing gist /home/brian/repos/.rc_gist_store/8FtCKdcbRKmEvRzTVsEt |
|
165 | 165 | |
|
166 | 166 | rhodecode-cleanup-repos |
|
167 | 167 | ----------------------- |
|
168 | 168 | |
|
169 |
Use this to manage |repos| and |repo| groups within |RC |
|
|
169 | Use this to manage |repos| and |repo| groups within |RCE|. Options: | |
|
170 | 170 | |
|
171 | 171 | .. rst-class:: dl-horizontal |
|
172 | 172 | |
|
173 | 173 | \-c, - -config <config_file> |
|
174 | 174 | Set the file path to the configuration file. The default file is |
|
175 | 175 | :file:`/home/{user}/.rhoderc`. |
|
176 | 176 | |
|
177 | 177 | \-h, - -help |
|
178 | 178 | Show help messages. current configuration values. |
|
179 | 179 | |
|
180 | 180 | \ - -interactive |
|
181 | 181 | Enable an interactive prompt for each repository when deleting. |
|
182 | 182 | |
|
183 | 183 | \ - -include-groups |
|
184 | 184 | Remove repository groups. |
|
185 | 185 | |
|
186 | 186 | \ - -instance-name <instance-id> |
|
187 | 187 | Set the instance name. |
|
188 | 188 | |
|
189 | 189 | \ - -list-only |
|
190 | 190 | Display repositories selected for deletion. |
|
191 | 191 | |
|
192 | 192 | \ - -older-than <str> |
|
193 | 193 | Delete repositories older that a specified time. |
|
194 | 194 | You can use the following suffixes; d for days, h for hours, |
|
195 | 195 | m for minutes, s for seconds. |
|
196 | 196 | |
|
197 | 197 | \-R, - -repo-dir |
|
198 | 198 | Set the repository file path |
|
199 | 199 | |
|
200 | 200 | Example usage: |
|
201 | 201 | |
|
202 | 202 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
203 | 203 | |
|
204 | 204 | # Cleaning up repos using tools installed with RCE 350 and above |
|
205 | 205 | $ ~/.rccontrol/enterprise-4/profile/bin/rhodecode-cleanup-repos \ |
|
206 | 206 | --instance-name=enterprise-4 --older-than=1d |
|
207 | 207 | Scanning for repositories in /home/brian/repos... |
|
208 | 208 | preparing to remove [2] found repositories older than 1 day, 0:00:00 (1d) |
|
209 | 209 | |
|
210 | 210 | the following repositories will be deleted completely: |
|
211 | 211 | * REMOVED: 2015-08-05 00:23:18 | /home/brian/repos/rm__20150805_002318_831 |
|
212 | 212 | * REMOVED: 2015-08-04 01:22:10 | /home/brian/repos/rm__20150804_012210_336 |
|
213 | 213 | are you sure you want to remove them? [y/N]: |
|
214 | 214 | |
|
215 | 215 | # Clean up repos older than 1 year |
|
216 | 216 | # If using virtualenv and pre RCE 350 tools installation |
|
217 | 217 | (venv)$ rhodecode-cleanup-repos --instance-name=enterprise-1 \ |
|
218 | 218 | --older-than=365d |
|
219 | 219 | |
|
220 | 220 | Scanning for repositories in /home/brian/repos... |
|
221 | 221 | preparing to remove [343] found repositories older than 365 days |
|
222 | 222 | |
|
223 | 223 | # clean up repos older than 3 days |
|
224 | 224 | # If using virtualenv and pre RCE 350 tools installation |
|
225 | 225 | (venv)$ rhodecode-cleanup-repos --instance-name=enterprise-1 \ |
|
226 | 226 | --older-than=3d |
|
227 | 227 | Scanning for repositories in /home/brian/repos... |
|
228 | 228 | preparing to remove [3] found repositories older than 3 days |
|
229 | 229 | |
|
230 | 230 | .. _tools-config: |
|
231 | 231 | |
|
232 | 232 | rhodecode-config |
|
233 | 233 | ---------------- |
|
234 | 234 | |
|
235 | 235 | Use this to create or update a |RCE| configuration file on the local machine. |
|
236 | 236 | |
|
237 | 237 | .. rst-class:: dl-horizontal |
|
238 | 238 | |
|
239 | 239 | \- -filename </path/to/config_file> |
|
240 | 240 | Set the file path to the |RCE| configuration file. |
|
241 | 241 | |
|
242 | 242 | \- -show-defaults |
|
243 | 243 | Display the defaults set in the |RCE| configuration file. |
|
244 | 244 | |
|
245 | 245 | \- -update |
|
246 | 246 | Update the configuration with the new settings passed on the command |
|
247 | 247 | line. |
|
248 | 248 | |
|
249 | 249 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
250 | 250 | |
|
251 | 251 | # Create a new config file |
|
252 | 252 | $ rhodecode-config --filename=dev.ini |
|
253 | 253 | Wrote new config file in /Users/user/dev.ini |
|
254 | 254 | |
|
255 | 255 | # Update config value for given section: |
|
256 | 256 | $ rhodecode-config --update --filename=prod.ini [handler_console]level=INFO |
|
257 | 257 | |
|
258 | 258 | $ rhodecode-config --filename=dev.ini --show-defaults |
|
259 | 259 | lang=en |
|
260 | 260 | cpu_number=4 |
|
261 | 261 | uuid=<function <lambda> at 0x10d86ac08> |
|
262 | 262 | license_token=ff1e-aa9c-bb66-11e5 |
|
263 | 263 | host=127.0.0.1 |
|
264 | 264 | here=/Users/brian |
|
265 | 265 | error_aggregation_service=None |
|
266 | 266 | database_url=sqlite:///%(here)s/rhodecode.db?timeout=30 |
|
267 | 267 | git_path=git |
|
268 | 268 | http_server=waitress |
|
269 | 269 | port=5000 |
|
270 | 270 | |
|
271 | 271 | .. _tools-rhodecode-extensions: |
|
272 | 272 | |
|
273 | 273 | rhodecode-extensions |
|
274 | 274 | -------------------- |
|
275 | 275 | |
|
276 | 276 | The `rcextensions` since version 4.14 are now shipped together with |RCE| please check |
|
277 | 277 | the using :ref:`integrations-rcextensions` section. |
|
278 | 278 | |
|
279 | 279 | |
|
280 | 280 | rhodecode-gist |
|
281 | 281 | -------------- |
|
282 | 282 | |
|
283 |
Use this to create, list, show, or delete gists within |RC |
|
|
283 | Use this to create, list, show, or delete gists within |RCE|. Options: | |
|
284 | 284 | |
|
285 | 285 | .. rst-class:: dl-horizontal |
|
286 | 286 | |
|
287 | 287 | \ - -api-cache-only |
|
288 | 288 | Requires a cache to be present when running this call |
|
289 | 289 | |
|
290 | 290 | \ - -api-cache-rebuild |
|
291 | 291 | Replaces existing cached values with new ones from server |
|
292 | 292 | |
|
293 | 293 | \ - -api-cache PATH |
|
294 | 294 | Use a special cache dir to read responses from instead of the server |
|
295 | 295 | |
|
296 | 296 | \ - -api-cert-verify |
|
297 | 297 | Verify the endpoint ssl certificate |
|
298 | 298 | |
|
299 | 299 | \ - -api-cert PATH |
|
300 | 300 | Path to alternate CA bundle. |
|
301 | 301 | |
|
302 | 302 | \ - -apihost <api_host> |
|
303 | 303 | Set the API host value. |
|
304 | 304 | |
|
305 | 305 | \ - -apikey <apikey_value> |
|
306 | 306 | Set the API key value. |
|
307 | 307 | |
|
308 | 308 | \-c, - -config <config_file> |
|
309 | 309 | Create a configuration file. |
|
310 | 310 | The default file is created in :file:`~/.rhoderc` |
|
311 | 311 | |
|
312 | 312 | \ - -create <gistname> |
|
313 | 313 | create the gist |
|
314 | 314 | |
|
315 | 315 | \-d, - -description <str> |
|
316 | 316 | Set gist description |
|
317 | 317 | |
|
318 | 318 | \ - -delete <gistid> |
|
319 | 319 | Delete the gist |
|
320 | 320 | |
|
321 | 321 | \-f, - -file |
|
322 | 322 | Specify the filename The file extension will enable syntax highlighting. |
|
323 | 323 | |
|
324 | 324 | \-F, - -format {json,pretty} |
|
325 | 325 | Set the formatted representation. |
|
326 | 326 | |
|
327 | 327 | \ - -help |
|
328 | 328 | Show help messages. |
|
329 | 329 | |
|
330 | 330 | \-I, - -install-dir <DIR> |
|
331 | 331 | Location of application instances |
|
332 | 332 | |
|
333 | 333 | \ - -instance-name <instance-id> |
|
334 | 334 | Set the instance name. |
|
335 | 335 | |
|
336 | 336 | \ - -list |
|
337 | 337 | Display instance gists. |
|
338 | 338 | |
|
339 | 339 | \-l, --lifetime <minutes> |
|
340 | 340 | Set the gist lifetime. The default value is (-1) forever |
|
341 | 341 | |
|
342 | 342 | \ - -show <gistname> |
|
343 | 343 | Show the content of the gist |
|
344 | 344 | |
|
345 | 345 | \-o, - -open |
|
346 | 346 | After creating Gist open it in browser |
|
347 | 347 | |
|
348 | 348 | \-p, - -private |
|
349 | 349 | Create a private gist |
|
350 | 350 | |
|
351 | 351 | \ - -version |
|
352 | 352 | Display your |RCT| version. |
|
353 | 353 | |
|
354 | 354 | Example usage: |
|
355 | 355 | |
|
356 | 356 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
357 | 357 | |
|
358 | 358 | # List the gists in an instance |
|
359 | 359 | (venv)brian@ubuntu:~$ rhodecode-gist --instance-name=enterprise-1 list |
|
360 | 360 | { |
|
361 | 361 | "error": null, |
|
362 | 362 | "id": 7102, |
|
363 | 363 | "result": [ |
|
364 | 364 | { |
|
365 | 365 | "access_id": "2", |
|
366 | 366 | "content": null, |
|
367 | 367 | "created_on": "2015-01-19T12:52:26.494", |
|
368 | 368 | "description": "A public gust", |
|
369 | 369 | "expires": -1.0, |
|
370 | 370 | "gist_id": 2, |
|
371 | 371 | "type": "public", |
|
372 | 372 | "url": "http://127.0.0.1:10003/_admin/gists/2" |
|
373 | 373 | }, |
|
374 | 374 | { |
|
375 | 375 | "access_id": "7gs6BsSEC4pKUEPLz5AB", |
|
376 | 376 | "content": null, |
|
377 | 377 | "created_on": "2015-01-19T11:27:40.812", |
|
378 | 378 | "description": "Gist testing API", |
|
379 | 379 | "expires": -1.0, |
|
380 | 380 | "gist_id": 1, |
|
381 | 381 | "type": "private", |
|
382 | 382 | "url": "http://127.0.0.1:10003/_admin/gists/7gs6BsSEC4pKUEPLz5AB" |
|
383 | 383 | } |
|
384 | 384 | ] |
|
385 | 385 | } |
|
386 | 386 | |
|
387 | 387 | # delete a particular gist |
|
388 | 388 | # You use the access_id to specify the gist to delete |
|
389 | 389 | (venv)brian@ubuntu:~$ rhodecode-gist delete 2 --instance-name=enterprise-1 |
|
390 | 390 | { |
|
391 | 391 | "error": null, |
|
392 | 392 | "id": 6284, |
|
393 | 393 | "result": { |
|
394 | 394 | "gist": null, |
|
395 | 395 | "msg": "deleted gist ID:2" |
|
396 | 396 | } |
|
397 | 397 | } |
|
398 | 398 | |
|
399 | 399 | # cat a file and pipe to new gist |
|
400 | 400 | # This is if you are using virtualenv |
|
401 | 401 | (venv)$ cat ~/.rhoderc | rhodecode-gist --instance-name=enterprise-1 \ |
|
402 | 402 | -d '.rhoderc copy' create |
|
403 | 403 | |
|
404 | 404 | { |
|
405 | 405 | "error": null, |
|
406 | 406 | "id": 5374, |
|
407 | 407 | "result": { |
|
408 | 408 | "gist": { |
|
409 | 409 | "access_id": "7", |
|
410 | 410 | "content": null, |
|
411 | 411 | "created_on": "2015-01-26T11:31:58.774", |
|
412 | 412 | "description": ".rhoderc copy", |
|
413 | 413 | "expires": -1.0, |
|
414 | 414 | "gist_id": 7, |
|
415 | 415 | "type": "public", |
|
416 | 416 | "url": "http://127.0.0.1:10003/_admin/gists/7" |
|
417 | 417 | }, |
|
418 | 418 | "msg": "created new gist" |
|
419 | 419 | } |
|
420 | 420 | } |
|
421 | 421 | |
|
422 | 422 | # Cat a file and pipe to gist |
|
423 | 423 | # in RCE 3.5.0 tools and above |
|
424 | 424 | $ cat ~/.rhoderc | ~/.rccontrol/{instance-id}/profile/bin/rhodecode-gist \ |
|
425 | 425 | --instance-name=enterprise-4 -d '.rhoderc copy' create |
|
426 | 426 | { |
|
427 | 427 | "error": null, |
|
428 | 428 | "id": 9253, |
|
429 | 429 | "result": { |
|
430 | 430 | "gist": { |
|
431 | 431 | "access_id": "4", |
|
432 | 432 | "acl_level": "acl_public", |
|
433 | 433 | "content": null, |
|
434 | 434 | "created_on": "2015-08-20T05:54:11.250", |
|
435 | 435 | "description": ".rhoderc copy", |
|
436 | 436 | "expires": -1.0, |
|
437 | 437 | "gist_id": 4, |
|
438 | 438 | "modified_at": "2015-08-20T05:54:11.250", |
|
439 | 439 | "type": "public", |
|
440 | 440 | "url": "http://127.0.0.1:10000/_admin/gists/4" |
|
441 | 441 | }, |
|
442 | 442 | "msg": "created new gist" |
|
443 | 443 | } |
|
444 | 444 | } |
|
445 | 445 | |
|
446 | 446 | |
|
447 | 447 | rhodecode-index |
|
448 | 448 | --------------- |
|
449 | 449 | |
|
450 | 450 | More detailed information regarding setting up the indexer is available in |
|
451 | 451 | the :ref:`indexing-ref` section. Options: |
|
452 | 452 | |
|
453 | 453 | .. rst-class:: dl-horizontal |
|
454 | 454 | |
|
455 | 455 | \ - -api-cache-only |
|
456 | 456 | Requires a cache to be present when running this call |
|
457 | 457 | |
|
458 | 458 | \ - -api-cache-rebuild |
|
459 | 459 | Replaces existing cached values with new ones from server |
|
460 | 460 | |
|
461 | 461 | \ - -api-cache PATH |
|
462 | 462 | Use a special cache dir to read responses from instead of the server |
|
463 | 463 | |
|
464 | 464 | \ - -api-cert-verify |
|
465 | 465 | Verify the endpoint ssl certificate |
|
466 | 466 | |
|
467 | 467 | \ - -api-cert PATH |
|
468 | 468 | Path to alternate CA bundle. |
|
469 | 469 | |
|
470 | 470 | \ - -apihost <api_host> |
|
471 | 471 | Set the API host value. |
|
472 | 472 | |
|
473 | 473 | \ - -apikey <apikey_value> |
|
474 | 474 | Set the API key value. |
|
475 | 475 | |
|
476 | 476 | \-c, --config <config_file> |
|
477 | 477 | Create a configuration file. |
|
478 | 478 | The default file is created in :file:`~/.rhoderc` |
|
479 | 479 | |
|
480 | 480 | \ - -create-mapping <PATH> |
|
481 | 481 | Creates an example mapping configuration for indexer. |
|
482 | 482 | |
|
483 | 483 | \-F, - -format {json,pretty} |
|
484 | 484 | Set the formatted representation. |
|
485 | 485 | |
|
486 | 486 | \-h, - -help |
|
487 | 487 | Show help messages. |
|
488 | 488 | |
|
489 | 489 | \ - -instance-name <instance-id> |
|
490 | 490 | Set the instance name |
|
491 | 491 | |
|
492 | 492 | \-I, - -install-dir <DIR> |
|
493 | 493 | Location of application instances |
|
494 | 494 | |
|
495 | 495 | \-m, - -mapping <file_name> |
|
496 | 496 | Parse the output to the .ini mapping file. |
|
497 | 497 | |
|
498 | 498 | \ - -optimize |
|
499 | 499 | Optimize index for performance by amalgamating multiple index files |
|
500 | 500 | into one. Greatly increases incremental indexing speed. |
|
501 | 501 | |
|
502 | 502 | \-R, - -repo-dir <DIRECTORY> |
|
503 | 503 | Location of repositories |
|
504 | 504 | |
|
505 | 505 | \ - -source <PATH> |
|
506 | 506 | Use a special source JSON file to feed the indexer |
|
507 | 507 | |
|
508 | 508 | \ - -version |
|
509 | 509 | Display your |RCT| version. |
|
510 | 510 | |
|
511 | 511 | Example usage: |
|
512 | 512 | |
|
513 | 513 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
514 | 514 | |
|
515 | 515 | # Run the indexer |
|
516 | 516 | $ ~/.rccontrol/enterprise-4/profile/bin/rhodecode-index \ |
|
517 | 517 | --instance-name=enterprise-4 |
|
518 | 518 | |
|
519 | 519 | # Run indexer based on mapping.ini file |
|
520 | 520 | # This is using pre-350 virtualenv |
|
521 | 521 | (venv)$ rhodecode-index --instance-name=enterprise-1 |
|
522 | 522 | |
|
523 | 523 | # Index from the command line without creating |
|
524 | 524 | # the .rhoderc file |
|
525 | 525 | $ rhodecode-index --apikey=key --apihost=http://rhodecode.server \ |
|
526 | 526 | --instance-name=enterprise-2 --save-config |
|
527 | 527 | |
|
528 | 528 | # Create the indexing mapping file |
|
529 | 529 | $ ~/.rccontrol/enterprise-4/profile/bin/rhodecode-index \ |
|
530 | 530 | --create-mapping mapping.ini --instance-name=enterprise-4 |
|
531 | 531 | |
|
532 | 532 | .. _tools-rhodecode-list-instance: |
|
533 | 533 | |
|
534 | 534 | rhodecode-list-instances |
|
535 | 535 | ------------------------ |
|
536 | 536 | |
|
537 | 537 | Use this command to list the instance details configured in the |
|
538 | 538 | :file:`~/.rhoderc` file. |
|
539 | 539 | |
|
540 | 540 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
541 | 541 | |
|
542 | 542 | $ .rccontrol/enterprise-1/profile/bin/rhodecode-list-instances |
|
543 | 543 | [instance:production] - Config only |
|
544 | 544 | API-HOST: https://some.url.com |
|
545 | 545 | API-KEY: some.auth.token |
|
546 | 546 | |
|
547 | 547 | [instance:development] - Config only |
|
548 | 548 | API-HOST: http://some.ip.address |
|
549 | 549 | API-KEY: some.auth.token |
|
550 | 550 | |
|
551 | 551 | |
|
552 | 552 | .. _tools-setup-config: |
|
553 | 553 | |
|
554 | 554 | rhodecode-setup-config |
|
555 | 555 | ---------------------- |
|
556 | 556 | |
|
557 | 557 | Use this command to create the ``~.rhoderc`` file required by |RCT| to access |
|
558 | 558 | remote instances. |
|
559 | 559 | |
|
560 | 560 | .. rst-class:: dl-horizontal |
|
561 | 561 | |
|
562 | 562 | \- -instance-name <name> |
|
563 | 563 | Specify the instance name in the :file:`~/.rhoderc` |
|
564 | 564 | |
|
565 | 565 | \api_host <hostname> |
|
566 | 566 | Create a configuration file. The default file is created |
|
567 | 567 | in ``~/.rhoderc`` |
|
568 | 568 | |
|
569 | 569 | \api_key <auth-token> |
|
570 | 570 | Create a configuration file. The default file is created |
|
571 | 571 | in ``~/.rhoderc`` |
|
572 | 572 | |
|
573 | 573 | |
|
574 | 574 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
575 | 575 | |
|
576 | 576 | (venv)$ rhodecode-setup-config --instance-name=tea api_host=URL api_key=xyz |
|
577 | 577 | Config not found under /Users/username/.rhoderc, creating a new one |
|
578 | 578 | Wrote new configuration into /Users/username/.rhoderc |
@@ -1,66 +1,66 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _tools-overview: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | |RCT| Overview |
|
4 | 4 | -------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | To install |RCT| correctly, see the installation steps covered in |
|
7 | 7 | :ref:`install-tools`, and :ref:`config-rhoderc`. |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | Once |RCT| is installed, and the :file:`/home/{user}/.rhoderc` file is |
|
10 |
configured you can then use |RCT| on each |RC |
|
|
10 | configured you can then use |RCT| on each |RCE| instance to carry out admin | |
|
11 | 11 | tasks. Use the following example to configure that file, |
|
12 | 12 | and once configured see the :ref:`tools-cli` for more details. |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | .. note:: |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | |RCT| require |PY| 2.7 to run. |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 | 20 | # Get the status of each instance you wish to use with Tools |
|
21 | 21 | (venv)brian@ubuntu:~$ rccontrol status |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | - NAME: momentum-1 |
|
24 | 24 | - STATUS: RUNNING |
|
25 | 25 | - TYPE: Momentum |
|
26 | 26 | - VERSION: 3.0.0-nightly-momentum |
|
27 | 27 | - URL: http://127.0.0.1:10003 |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | - NAME: momentum-3 |
|
30 | 30 | - STATUS: RUNNING |
|
31 | 31 | - TYPE: Momentum |
|
32 | 32 | - VERSION: 3.0.0-nightly-momentum |
|
33 | 33 | - URL: http://127.0.0.1:10007 |
|
34 | 34 | |
|
35 | 35 | Example :file:`/home/{user}/.rhoderc` file. |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | # Configure the .rhoderc file for each instance |
|
40 | 40 | # API keys found in your instance |
|
41 | 41 | [instance:enterprise-1] |
|
42 | 42 | api_host = http://127.0.0.1:10003/ |
|
43 | 43 | api_key = 91fdbdc257289c46633ef5aab274412911de1ba9 |
|
44 | 44 | repo_dir = /home/brian/repos |
|
45 | 45 | |
|
46 | 46 | [instance:enterprise-3] |
|
47 | 47 | api_host = http://127.0.0.1:10007/ |
|
48 | 48 | api_key = 5a925f65438d29f8d6ced8ab8e8c3d305998d1d9 |
|
49 | 49 | repo_dir = /home/brian/testing-repos/ |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 | 51 | |
|
52 | 52 | Example usage of |RCT| after |RCE| 3.5.0. From this version onwards |RCT| is |
|
53 | 53 | packaged with |RCE| by default. |
|
54 | 54 | |
|
55 | 55 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
56 | 56 | |
|
57 | 57 | $ .rccontrol/enterprise-4/profile/bin/rhodecode-api --instance-name=enterprise-4 get_ip [11:56:57 on 05/10/2018] |
|
58 | 58 | |
|
59 | 59 | { |
|
60 | 60 | "error": null, |
|
61 | 61 | "id": 1000, |
|
62 | 62 | "result": { |
|
63 | 63 | "server_ip_addr": "1.2.3.4", |
|
64 | 64 | "user_ips": [] |
|
65 | 65 | } |
|
66 | 66 | } |
@@ -1,220 +1,220 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _hosted-solution: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Deploy |RCE| From a Hosted Server |
|
4 | 4 | ================================= |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | If you wish to deploy your own |RCE| instance from something like a |
|
7 | 7 | `Digital Ocean`_ droplet, or a `hetzner`_ server use the following |
|
8 | 8 | instructions to get it setup. |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | I'm using an Ubuntu 14.04 image for the purposes of this |
|
11 | 11 | tutorial, but all other Unix environments will be pretty similar. You can |
|
12 | 12 | check out the full lists of supported platforms and versions in the |
|
13 | 13 | :ref:`system-overview-ref` section. |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 | 16 | Create a Digital Ocean Droplet |
|
17 | 17 | ------------------------------ |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 | 19 | 1. Sign into Digital Ocean. |
|
20 | 20 | 2. Create a Droplet choosing Ubuntu 14.04 as your |os|. |
|
21 | 21 | 3. (Optional) Add SSH keys if you have them set up. |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | Configure Your Server |
|
24 | 24 | --------------------- |
|
25 | 25 | |
|
26 | 26 | Once you have your server created, you need to sign into it and set it up to |
|
27 | 27 | host |RCE|. |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | 1. Open a terminal and sign into your server. Digital Ocean will mail you the |
|
30 | 30 | IP address. You'll need to change your password on the first login if you |
|
31 | 31 | don not have SSH keys set up. |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | 33 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
34 | 34 | |
|
35 | 35 | $ ssh root@203.0.113.113 |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | 2. It is not advised to install |RCE| as the ``root`` user. So create a user |
|
38 | 38 | with sudo permissions and then carry out the rest of the steps from that user |
|
39 | 39 | account. |
|
40 | 40 | |
|
41 | 41 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
42 | 42 | |
|
43 | 43 | # Create a user with sudo permissions |
|
44 | 44 | root@rhodecode:~# sudo useradd -m -s /bin/bash -d /home/brian -U brian |
|
45 | 45 | root@rhodecode:~# sudo usermod -a -G sudo brian |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | # Set the password for that user |
|
48 | 48 | root@rhodecode:~# passwd brian |
|
49 | 49 | Enter new UNIX password: |
|
50 | 50 | Retype new UNIX password: |
|
51 | 51 | passwd: password updated successfully |
|
52 | 52 | |
|
53 | 53 | # Switch to that user for the rest of the steps |
|
54 | 54 | root@rhodecode:~# su brian |
|
55 | 55 | |
|
56 | 56 | # You should see your home dir change to what was set during installation |
|
57 | 57 | brian@rhodecode:~$ cd ~ |
|
58 | 58 | brian@rhodecode:~$ pwd |
|
59 | 59 | /home/brian |
|
60 | 60 | |
|
61 | 61 | Once you have this set up, you are ready to install |RCC|. |
|
62 | 62 | |
|
63 | 63 | Install |RCC| |
|
64 | 64 | ------------- |
|
65 | 65 | |
|
66 | 66 | |RCC| will install and manage the package dependencies for your |RCE| instance. |
|
67 | 67 | |
|
68 | 68 | 1. Download the |RCC| installer from https://rhodecode.com/download/ |
|
69 | 69 | 2. Once downloaded to your computer, transfer the package to your server |
|
70 | 70 | |
|
71 | 71 | .. note:: |
|
72 | 72 | |
|
73 | 73 | These steps happen on your computer, not on the server. |
|
74 | 74 | |
|
75 | 75 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
76 | 76 | |
|
77 | 77 | # Change to where the file is downloaded |
|
78 | 78 | $ cd Downloads/ |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | # SFTP to your server |
|
81 | 81 | $ sftp brian@203.0.113.113 |
|
82 | 82 | |
|
83 | 83 | # Use mput to transfer the file |
|
84 | 84 | sftp> mput RhodeCode-installer-linux-391_b1a804c4d69b_d6c087d520e3 |
|
85 | 85 | Uploading RhodeCode-installer-linux-391_b1a804c4d69b_d6c087d520e3 to /home/brian/RhodeCode-installer-linux-391_b1a804c4d69b_d6c087d520e3 |
|
86 | 86 | RhodeCode-installer-linux-391_b1a804c4d69b_d6c087d 100% 289MB 4.1MB/s 01:11 |
|
87 | 87 | sftp> exit |
|
88 | 88 | |
|
89 | 89 | The |RCC| installer is now on your server, and you can read the full |
|
90 | 90 | instructions here |
|
91 | 91 | :ref:`Install RhodeCode Control <control:rcc-linux-ref>` , |
|
92 | 92 | but below is the example shortcut. |
|
93 | 93 | |
|
94 | 94 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
95 | 95 | |
|
96 | 96 | # Check that the script is uploaded to your home directory |
|
97 | 97 | $ ls -1 |
|
98 | RhodeCode-installer-linux-391_b1a804c4d69b_d6c087d520e3 | |
|
98 | RhodeCode-installer-linux-buildYYYYXXXX_ZZZZ | |
|
99 | 99 | |
|
100 | 100 | # Change the script permissions |
|
101 |
$ chmod |
|
|
101 | $ chmod +x RhodeCode-installer-linux* | |
|
102 | 102 | |
|
103 | 103 | # Run the installer and accept the prompts |
|
104 | 104 | $ ./RhodeCode-installer-linux-* |
|
105 | 105 | |
|
106 | 106 | .. important:: |
|
107 | 107 | |
|
108 | 108 | Once finished, exit the terminal and sign in again. This is to refresh you |
|
109 | 109 | session to pick up the new commands. |
|
110 | 110 | |
|
111 | 111 | Install |RCE| |
|
112 | 112 | ------------- |
|
113 | 113 | |
|
114 | 114 | Now that |RCC| is installed, you can install |RCE|. For the full |
|
115 | 115 | instructions, see |
|
116 | 116 | :ref:`Install RhodeCode Enterprise <control:rce-cli-install-ref>`, |
|
117 | 117 | but the below is an example shortcut. |
|
118 | 118 | |
|
119 | 119 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
120 | 120 | |
|
121 | 121 | # Install a VCS Server and follow the prompts |
|
122 | 122 | $ rccontrol install VCSServer --start-at-boot |
|
123 | 123 | |
|
124 | 124 | Extracting VCSServer ... |
|
125 | 125 | Configuring RhodeCode VCS Server ... |
|
126 | 126 | Supervisord state is: RUNNING |
|
127 | 127 | Added process group vcsserver-1 |
|
128 | 128 | |
|
129 | 129 | # Install a RhodeCode Enterprise instance and follow the prompts |
|
130 | 130 | $ rccontrol install Enterprise --start-at-boot |
|
131 | 131 | |
|
132 | 132 | Configuration of RhodeCode Enterprise passed. |
|
133 | 133 | Supervisord state is: RUNNING |
|
134 | 134 | Added process group enterprise-1 |
|
135 | 135 | |
|
136 | 136 | |RCE| is now installed on your server, and is running on the port displayed |
|
137 | 137 | by the ``rccontrol status`` command. |
|
138 | 138 | |
|
139 | 139 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
140 | 140 | |
|
141 | 141 | brian@rhodecode:~$ rccontrol status |
|
142 | 142 | |
|
143 | 143 | - NAME: enterprise-1 |
|
144 | 144 | - STATUS: RUNNING |
|
145 | 145 | - TYPE: Enterprise |
|
146 | 146 | - VERSION: 3.1.1 |
|
147 | 147 | - URL: http://127.0.0.1:10002 |
|
148 | 148 | |
|
149 | 149 | - NAME: vcsserver-1 |
|
150 | 150 | - STATUS: RUNNING |
|
151 | 151 | - TYPE: VCSServer |
|
152 | 152 | - VERSION: 1.1.1 |
|
153 | 153 | - URL: http://127.0.0.1:10001 |
|
154 | 154 | |
|
155 | 155 | Serve |RCE| using Nginx |
|
156 | 156 | ----------------------- |
|
157 | 157 | |
|
158 | 158 | Now that |RCE| is running, you need to use Nginx or Apache to serve it to |
|
159 | 159 | users. For detailed instructions about setting up your webserver, see the |
|
160 | 160 | :ref:`rhodecode-admin-ref` section. But the below shortcut should help serve |
|
161 | 161 | it. |
|
162 | 162 | |
|
163 | 163 | 1. Install Nginx on your server. |
|
164 | 164 | |
|
165 | 165 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
166 | 166 | |
|
167 | 167 | # Install nginx |
|
168 | 168 | $ sudo apt-get install nginx |
|
169 | 169 | |
|
170 | 170 | 2. Create a virtual hosts file for RhodeCode Enterprise. Create |
|
171 | 171 | the file in this location :file:`/etc/nginx/sites-available`. In this demo |
|
172 | 172 | I have called it ``vcs.conf`` |
|
173 | 173 | |
|
174 | 174 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
175 | 175 | |
|
176 | 176 | # Create the file |
|
177 | 177 | $ sudo vi /etc/nginx/sites-available/vcs.conf |
|
178 | 178 | |
|
179 | 179 | Use the following example to create yours. |
|
180 | 180 | |
|
181 | 181 | .. code-block:: nginx |
|
182 | 182 | |
|
183 | 183 | server { |
|
184 | 184 | listen 80; |
|
185 | 185 | # Change to your IP, or a domain name if you've set that up |
|
186 | 186 | server_name 203.0.113.113 ; |
|
187 | 187 | |
|
188 | 188 | location / { |
|
189 | 189 | # Set this line to match the RhodeCode Enterprise Instance URL |
|
190 | 190 | proxy_pass http://127.0.0.1:10002/; |
|
191 | 191 | proxy_set_header Host $Host; |
|
192 | 192 | proxy_buffering off; |
|
193 | 193 | # Setting this to a high number allows large repo pushes |
|
194 | 194 | client_max_body_size 4G; |
|
195 | 195 | } |
|
196 | 196 | } |
|
197 | 197 | |
|
198 | 198 | 3. Symlink the virtual hosts file to the ``sites-enabled`` folder, |
|
199 | 199 | and then restart Nginx. |
|
200 | 200 | |
|
201 | 201 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
202 | 202 | |
|
203 | 203 | # Symlink the virtual hosts file |
|
204 | 204 | $ ln -s /etc/nginx/sites-available/vcs.conf /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/vcs.conf |
|
205 | 205 | |
|
206 | 206 | # You can also delete the Nginx default symlink |
|
207 | 207 | $ rm /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/default |
|
208 | 208 | |
|
209 | 209 | # Restart Nginx |
|
210 | 210 | $ sudo /etc/init.d/nginx restart |
|
211 | 211 | * Restarting nginx nginx [ OK ] |
|
212 | 212 | |
|
213 | 213 | Once restarted, you should see a clean |RCE| instance running on the IP |
|
214 | 214 | address, or the domain you have set up. |
|
215 | 215 | |
|
216 | 216 | .. image:: ../images/clean-rce.png |
|
217 | 217 | :alt: A fresh RhodeCode Enterprise Instance |
|
218 | 218 | |
|
219 | 219 | .. _Digital Ocean: https://www.digitalocean.com/ |
|
220 | 220 | .. _hetzner: https://www.hetzner.de/en/ |
@@ -1,93 +1,93 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _git-lfs-files: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | |git| LFS Extension |
|
4 | 4 | =================== |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | |
|
7 | 7 | Git Large File Storage (or LFS) is a new, open-source extension to Git that |
|
8 | 8 | aims to improve handling of large files. It does this by replacing large files |
|
9 | 9 | in your repository—such as graphics and videos—with simple text pointers. |
|
10 |
|
|
|
10 | RhodeCode Server includes an embedded LFS object store server, allowing storage of | |
|
11 | 11 | large files without the need for an external object store. |
|
12 | 12 | Git LFS is disabled by default, globally, and for each individual repository. |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | .. note:: |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 |
|
|
|
16 | RhodeCode implements V2 API of Git LFS. Please make sure your git client is | |
|
17 | 17 | using the latest version (2.0.X recommended) to leverage full feature set |
|
18 | 18 | of the V2 API. |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | Enabling Git LFS |
|
23 | 23 | ++++++++++++++++ |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 |
Git LFS is disabled by default within |
|
|
25 | Git LFS is disabled by default within RhodeCode Server. | |
|
26 | 26 | |
|
27 | 27 | To enable Git LFS Globally: |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | - Go to :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> VCS` |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | - Scroll down into `Git settings` |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | 33 | - Tick `Enable lfs extension` |
|
34 | 34 | |
|
35 | 35 | - Save your settings. |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | Those settings apply globally to each repository that inherits from the defaults |
|
38 | 38 | You can leave `lfs extension` disabled globally, and only enable it per |
|
39 | 39 | repository that would use the lfs. |
|
40 | 40 | |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | .. note:: |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | You might want to adjust the global storage location at that point, however |
|
45 | 45 | we recommend leaving the default one created. |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | |
|
48 | 48 | Installing and using the Git LFS command line client |
|
49 | 49 | ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 | 51 | Git LFS aims to integrate with the standard Git workflow as seamlessly |
|
52 | 52 | as possible. To push your first Git LFS files to an existing repository |
|
53 | 53 | Download and install the git-lfs command line client |
|
54 | 54 | Install the Git LFS filters:: |
|
55 | 55 | |
|
56 | 56 | git lfs install |
|
57 | 57 | |
|
58 | 58 | This adds the following lines to the .gitconfig file located in your home directory:: |
|
59 | 59 | |
|
60 | 60 | [filter "lfs"] |
|
61 | 61 | clean = git-lfs clean %f |
|
62 | 62 | smudge = git-lfs smudge %f |
|
63 | 63 | required = true |
|
64 | 64 | |
|
65 | 65 | The above change applies globally, so it is not necessary to run this for |
|
66 | 66 | each repository you work with. Choose the file types you would like LFS to |
|
67 | 67 | handle by executing the git lfs track command. The git lfs track command |
|
68 | 68 | creates or updates the .gitattributes file in your repository. |
|
69 | 69 | Change to your cloned repository, then execute git add to ensure updates |
|
70 | 70 | to the .gitattributes are later committed:: |
|
71 | 71 | |
|
72 | 72 | git lfs track "*.jpg" |
|
73 | 73 | git add .gitattributes |
|
74 | 74 | |
|
75 | 75 | Add, commit, and push your changes as you normally would:: |
|
76 | 76 | |
|
77 | 77 | git add image.jpg |
|
78 | 78 | git commit -m "Added an image" |
|
79 | 79 | git push |
|
80 | 80 | |
|
81 | 81 | When pushed, the Git tree updates to include a pointer to the file actual |
|
82 | 82 | file content. This pointer will include the SHA256 hash of the object and its |
|
83 | 83 | size in bytes. For example:: |
|
84 | 84 | |
|
85 | 85 | oid sha256:4fa32d6f9b1461c4a53618a47324ee43e36ce7ceaea2ad440cc811a7e6881be1 |
|
86 | 86 | size 2580390 |
|
87 | 87 | |
|
88 | 88 | |
|
89 | 89 | The object itself will be uploaded to a separate location via the Git LFS Batch API. |
|
90 |
The transfer is validated and authorized by |
|
|
90 | The transfer is validated and authorized by RhodeCode server itself. | |
|
91 | 91 | |
|
92 | 92 | If give repository has Git LFS disabled, a proper message will be sent back to |
|
93 | 93 | the client and upload of LFS objects will be forbidden. |
@@ -1,69 +1,69 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _hg-big-files: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | |hg| Large Files Extension |
|
4 | 4 | ========================== |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | Large files, such as image or zip files can cause a lot of bandwidth overhead |
|
7 | 7 | during clone, push, and pull operations. To remove this inefficiency, |hg| |
|
8 | 8 | has a large files extension which tracks their revisions by checksums. This |
|
9 | 9 | means that the large files are only downloaded when they are needed as part |
|
10 | 10 | of the current revision. This saves both disk space and bandwidth. |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 | 13 | Enabling HG Largefiles |
|
14 | 14 | ++++++++++++++++++++++ |
|
15 | 15 | |
|
16 |
Mercurial Largefiles extension is disabled by default within |
|
|
16 | Mercurial Largefiles extension is disabled by default within RhodeCode Server. | |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | To enable Mercurial Largefiles Globally: |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 | 20 | - Go to :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> VCS` |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | - Scroll down into `Mercurial settings` |
|
23 | 23 | |
|
24 | 24 | - Tick `Enable largefiles extension` |
|
25 | 25 | |
|
26 | 26 | - Save your settings. |
|
27 | 27 | |
|
28 | 28 | Those settings apply globally to each repository that inherits from the defaults |
|
29 | 29 | You can leave `largefiles extension` disabled globally, and only enable it per |
|
30 | 30 | repository that would use the largefiles. |
|
31 | 31 | |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | 33 | .. note:: |
|
34 | 34 | |
|
35 | 35 | You might want to adjust the global storage location at that point, however |
|
36 | 36 | we recommend leaving the default one created. |
|
37 | 37 | |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | Installing and using the |hg| Largefiles |
|
40 | 40 | ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | To find out more, see the |hg| `Large Files Extensions Documentation`_. |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | To configure the large files extension, you need to set up your |
|
45 | 45 | :file:`~/.hgrc` file. |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | 1. Open your :file:`~/.hgrc` file. |
|
48 | 48 | 2. Add ``largefiles =`` to the ``[extensions]`` section. |
|
49 | 49 | 3. Configure the ``[largefiles]`` section with the patterns and file size you |
|
50 | 50 | wish |hg| to handle as large. The ``minsize`` option is specified in |
|
51 | 51 | megabytes. |
|
52 | 52 | 4. Save your changes. |
|
53 | 53 | |
|
54 | 54 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
55 | 55 | |
|
56 | 56 | [extensions] |
|
57 | 57 | hgext.churn = |
|
58 | 58 | largefiles = |
|
59 | 59 | rebase = |
|
60 | 60 | record = |
|
61 | 61 | histedit = |
|
62 | 62 | |
|
63 | 63 | [largefiles] |
|
64 | 64 | patterns = re:.*\.(png|bmp|jpg|zip|tar|tar.gz|rar)$ |
|
65 | 65 | minsize = 10 |
|
66 | 66 | |
|
67 | 67 | For a complete :file:`~/.hgrc` file example, see :ref:`config-hgrc`. |
|
68 | 68 | |
|
69 | 69 | .. _Large Files Extensions Documentation: http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/LargefilesExtension |
@@ -1,121 +1,121 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | Moving From Windows to Linux |
|
2 | 2 | ============================ |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 | 4 | If you are moving from a Windows server to a Linux server, especially from |
|
5 | 5 | running an older version of |RCE| pre 2.x, use the following information to |
|
6 | 6 | successfully migrate your instances and database. |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | Overview |
|
9 | 9 | -------- |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | * Install |RCC| on your Linux server, use the |
|
12 | 12 | :ref:`RhodeCode Control Docs <control:rcc>` to guide you through this. |
|
13 | 13 | * Copy your |repos| directory to the Linux server. |
|
14 | 14 | * Copy your original :file:`rhodecode.ini` file to the Linux server, named |
|
15 | 15 | :file:`production.ini` in older versions, and make a minor edit to |
|
16 | 16 | point to the copied database. |
|
17 | 17 | * Copy your original instance database and update Windows paths to Linux |
|
18 | 18 | paths pointing to your |repos| directory. |
|
19 | 19 | * Use |RCC| to import and upgrade your |RCE| instance, using the copied and |
|
20 | 20 | edited file and database. |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | Pre-requisites |
|
23 | 23 | -------------- |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | * For MySQL, do not use `localhost` in the database connection string of the |
|
26 | 26 | :file:`rhodecode.ini` file. |
|
27 | 27 | * InnoDB must be the database tables engine. |
|
28 |
* Contact |
|
|
28 | * Contact RhodeCode for a new licence Key/Token pair. If you don't, a trial licence | |
|
29 | 29 | will be applied so you are not locked out of the upgraded instance. |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | You can find the specific instructions to carry out these pre-requisite steps |
|
32 | 32 | in the :ref:`RhodeCode Control upgrade <control:rce-upgrade-2x>` docs. |
|
33 | 33 | |
|
34 | 34 | Configuration File Update |
|
35 | 35 | ------------------------- |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | Configure the copied :file:`rhodecode.ini` file to connect to your copied |
|
38 | 38 | database. Use the following steps: |
|
39 | 39 | |
|
40 | 40 | 1. Open the copied :file:`rhodecode.ini` file. |
|
41 | 41 | 2. When you open the file, find the database configuration section, |
|
42 | 42 | and use the below example to change the connection details: |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | .. code-block:: ini |
|
45 | 45 | |
|
46 | 46 | ######################################################### |
|
47 | 47 | ### DB CONFIGS - EACH DB WILL HAVE IT'S OWN CONFIG ### |
|
48 | 48 | ######################################################### |
|
49 | 49 | |
|
50 | 50 | # Point to copied DB |
|
51 | 51 | sqlalchemy.db1.url = postgresql://postgres:qwe@localhost/rhodecode.db.copy |
|
52 | 52 | sqlalchemy.db1.url = mysql://root:qweqwe@127.0.0.1/rhodecode.db.copy |
|
53 | 53 | |
|
54 | 54 | Database Update |
|
55 | 55 | --------------- |
|
56 | 56 | |
|
57 | 57 | Update the Windows paths in the ``rhodecode.rhodecode_ui`` database tables. |
|
58 | 58 | To do this log into the database and reset the file paths to |
|
59 | 59 | Unix format. One login option is to use iShell, see usage examples in the |
|
60 | 60 | :ref:`rhodecode-reset-ref` section. |
|
61 | 61 | |
|
62 | 62 | .. code-block:: python |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | In [28]: from rhodecode.model.settings import SettingsModel |
|
65 | 65 | In [29]: paths = SettingsModel().get_ui_by_section('paths') |
|
66 | 66 | In [30]: paths[0].value = '/home/user/repos' |
|
67 | 67 | In [32]: Session().add(paths[0]) |
|
68 | 68 | In [33]: Session().commit() |
|
69 | 69 | |
|
70 | 70 | Import and Upgrade |
|
71 | 71 | ------------------ |
|
72 | 72 | |
|
73 | 73 | Once you have made your changes, use |RCC| to import and upgrade your |RCE| |
|
74 | 74 | instance to the latest version. |
|
75 | 75 | |
|
76 | 76 | .. code-block:: bash |
|
77 | 77 | |
|
78 | 78 | # Import original instance as explained above |
|
79 | 79 | $ rccontrol import Enterprise path/to/rhodecode.ini |
|
80 | 80 | |
|
81 | 81 | # Install a VCS Server as explained above |
|
82 | 82 | $ rccontrol install VCSServer |
|
83 | 83 | |
|
84 | 84 | # Check the status of them |
|
85 | 85 | $ rccontrol status |
|
86 | 86 | |
|
87 | 87 | - NAME: enterprise-1 |
|
88 | 88 | - STATUS: RUNNING |
|
89 | 89 | - TYPE: Enterprise |
|
90 | 90 | - VERSION: 1.5.0 |
|
91 | 91 | - URL: http://127.0.0.1:10000 |
|
92 | 92 | |
|
93 | 93 | - NAME: vcsserver-1 |
|
94 | 94 | - STATUS: RUNNING |
|
95 | 95 | - TYPE: VCSServer |
|
96 | 96 | - VERSION: 3.5.0 |
|
97 | 97 | - URL: http://127.0.0.1:10001 |
|
98 | 98 | |
|
99 | 99 | # Upgrade from version 1.5.0 to 3.5.0 |
|
100 | 100 | $ rccontrol upgrade enterprise-1 --version 3.5.0 |
|
101 | 101 | |
|
102 | 102 | Checking for available update for enterprise-1 @ 1.5.0 |
|
103 | 103 | Stopped enterprise-1 |
|
104 | 104 | Initiating upgrade to version 3.5.0 |
|
105 | 105 | ... |
|
106 | 106 | **************************************** |
|
107 | 107 | *** UPGRADE TO VERSION 45 SUCCESSFUL *** |
|
108 | 108 | **************************************** |
|
109 | 109 | |
|
110 | 110 | Note that RCE 3.x requires a new license please contact support@rhodecode.com |
|
111 | 111 | |
|
112 | 112 | Upgrade of RhodeCode Enterprise successful. |
|
113 | 113 | Auto starting enterprise-1 |
|
114 | 114 | |
|
115 | 115 | Post Migration Tasks |
|
116 | 116 | -------------------- |
|
117 | 117 | |
|
118 | 118 | * From the |RCE| :menuselection:`Admin --> Settings --> VCS` page, check that |
|
119 | 119 | the :guilabel:`Repositories Location` is correctly pointing to your |repos|. |
|
120 | 120 | * Remap and rescan |repos| so that the new instance picks them up, see |
|
121 | 121 | :ref:`remap-rescan`. |
@@ -1,28 +1,28 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _basic-vcs-cmds: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Getting Started with VCS |
|
4 | 4 | ------------------------ |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
When using |RC |
|
|
6 | When using |RCE|, you will be working with |git|, |svn| or |hg| |repos| from the | |
|
7 | 7 | command line or using a GUI client such as Tortoise, Tower or SourceTree. |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 |
|RC |
|
|
9 | |RCE| uses a standard |git|, |svn| and |hg| protocols. So all tools that | |
|
10 | 10 | can interact with there protocols are supported, including Eclipse or PyCharm |
|
11 | 11 | plugins. |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | If you have never used either before, the following information should |
|
15 | 15 | help you set up your local machine so that you can sync changes with the |
|
16 |
|RC |
|
|
16 | |RCE| server. | |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 |
All of the following instructions assume you have a |RC |
|
|
18 | All of the following instructions assume you have a |RCE| account, | |
|
19 | 19 | and you can access your |repos| from the web interface. |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | .. note:: |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | |svn| |repo| management is currently only available from the web interface. |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | .. toctree:: |
|
26 | 26 | |
|
27 | 27 | get-start-hg |
|
28 | 28 | get-start-git |
@@ -1,17 +1,17 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | File Editing |
|
2 | 2 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 | 4 | To edit files using the online editor, use the following steps. |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 |
1. From the |RC |
|
|
6 | 1. From the |RCE| interface, select :menuselection:`Admin --> Repositories` | |
|
7 | 7 | 2. Select the |repo| in which you want to edit a file. |
|
8 | 8 | 3. Select the :guilabel:`file` view of the |repo|, and double-click on the file. |
|
9 | 9 | 4. To open the editor, select the :guilabel:`edit on branch:default` button. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 |
* If the filename has an extension |RC |
|
|
11 | * If the filename has an extension |RCE| recognises, | |
|
12 | 12 | the syntax highlighting will appear automatically. |
|
13 |
* If the filename does not have an extension |RC |
|
|
13 | * If the filename does not have an extension |RCE| recognises, | |
|
14 | 14 | you can set the language syntax highlighter by |
|
15 | 15 | choosing from the file type drop down menu. |
|
16 | 16 | 5. To save your changes, select :guilabel:`Commit changes` |
|
17 | 17 |
@@ -1,33 +1,33 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | .. _gist-edit: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | Gist Editing |
|
4 | 4 | ^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | Gists are standalone files that only the creator can edit. To work with |
|
7 |
gists, click on the :guilabel:`Gists` tab on the |RC |
|
|
7 | gists, click on the :guilabel:`Gists` tab on the |RCE| header. The gist | |
|
8 | 8 | editor also has syntax highlighting. |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | You can set the following properties for each gist: |
|
11 | 11 | |
|
12 | 12 | * :guilabel:`Public`: Public gists are as the name suggests, |
|
13 | 13 | and will show up in searches. |
|
14 | 14 | * :guilabel:`Gist Lifetime`: You can set a gist to expire after a set |
|
15 | 15 | period by using the :guilabel:`Gist Lifetime` dropdown menu. |
|
16 |
This means that when the gist expires it will be deleted from the |RC |
|
|
16 | This means that when the gist expires it will be deleted from the |RCE| | |
|
17 | 17 | gist database. |
|
18 | 18 | * :guilabel:`Private`: This means that the gist will not show up in searches. |
|
19 | 19 | * :guilabel:`Gist access level`: If you create a private gist you can have |
|
20 | 20 | two levels of privacy with the gist link. |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | * :guilabel:`Requires registered account`: This option requires users to |
|
23 | 23 | have a registered account on the |RCE| instance, otherwise they will not |
|
24 | 24 | have access to the gist. |
|
25 | 25 | * :guilabel:`Can be accessed by anonymous users`: This option hides the |
|
26 | 26 | link so that it does not show up in searches, but you can still share it |
|
27 | 27 | with people outside of your organisation. |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | For more advanced use of gists, see the gist API options in the :ref:`api` |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | .. image:: ../images/gists-acl.png |
|
32 | 32 | :alt: Gist Management |
|
33 | 33 | :scale: 50 % |
@@ -1,11 +1,11 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | Online Editing |
|
2 | 2 | -------------- |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 |
|RC |
|
|
4 | |RCE| has an integrated online editor, allowing you to edit files in the | |
|
5 | 5 | browser. The online editor has syntax highlighting and the ability to fork, |
|
6 | 6 | merge, and commit changes to files. |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | .. toctree:: |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | file-editing |
|
11 | 11 | gist-editing No newline at end of file |
@@ -1,535 +1,535 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | # -*- coding: utf-8 -*- |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | # Copyright (C) 2010-2018 RhodeCode GmbH |
|
4 | 4 | # |
|
5 | 5 | # This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
6 | 6 | # it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License, version 3 |
|
7 | 7 | # (only), as published by the Free Software Foundation. |
|
8 | 8 | # |
|
9 | 9 | # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | 10 | # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | 11 | # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | 12 | # GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | 13 | # |
|
14 | 14 | # You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License |
|
15 | 15 | # along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. |
|
16 | 16 | # |
|
17 | 17 | # This program is dual-licensed. If you wish to learn more about the |
|
18 | 18 | # RhodeCode Enterprise Edition, including its added features, Support services, |
|
19 | 19 | # and proprietary license terms, please see https://rhodecode.com/licenses/ |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | """ |
|
22 | 22 | RhodeCode authentication plugin for LDAP |
|
23 | 23 | """ |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | import logging |
|
26 | 26 | import traceback |
|
27 | 27 | |
|
28 | 28 | import colander |
|
29 | 29 | from rhodecode.translation import _ |
|
30 | 30 | from rhodecode.authentication.base import ( |
|
31 | 31 | RhodeCodeExternalAuthPlugin, AuthLdapBase, hybrid_property) |
|
32 | 32 | from rhodecode.authentication.schema import AuthnPluginSettingsSchemaBase |
|
33 | 33 | from rhodecode.authentication.routes import AuthnPluginResourceBase |
|
34 | 34 | from rhodecode.lib.colander_utils import strip_whitespace |
|
35 | 35 | from rhodecode.lib.exceptions import ( |
|
36 | 36 | LdapConnectionError, LdapUsernameError, LdapPasswordError, LdapImportError |
|
37 | 37 | ) |
|
38 | 38 | from rhodecode.lib.utils2 import safe_unicode, safe_str |
|
39 | 39 | from rhodecode.model.db import User |
|
40 | 40 | from rhodecode.model.validators import Missing |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | log = logging.getLogger(__name__) |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | try: |
|
45 | 45 | import ldap |
|
46 | 46 | except ImportError: |
|
47 | 47 | # means that python-ldap is not installed, we use Missing object to mark |
|
48 | 48 | # ldap lib is Missing |
|
49 | 49 | ldap = Missing |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 | 51 | |
|
52 | 52 | class LdapError(Exception): |
|
53 | 53 | pass |
|
54 | 54 | |
|
55 | 55 | |
|
56 | 56 | def plugin_factory(plugin_id, *args, **kwargs): |
|
57 | 57 | """ |
|
58 | 58 | Factory function that is called during plugin discovery. |
|
59 | 59 | It returns the plugin instance. |
|
60 | 60 | """ |
|
61 | 61 | plugin = RhodeCodeAuthPlugin(plugin_id) |
|
62 | 62 | return plugin |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | |
|
65 | 65 | class LdapAuthnResource(AuthnPluginResourceBase): |
|
66 | 66 | pass |
|
67 | 67 | |
|
68 | 68 | |
|
69 | 69 | class AuthLdap(AuthLdapBase): |
|
70 | 70 | default_tls_cert_dir = '/etc/openldap/cacerts' |
|
71 | 71 | |
|
72 | 72 | def __init__(self, server, base_dn, port=389, bind_dn='', bind_pass='', |
|
73 | 73 | tls_kind='PLAIN', tls_reqcert='DEMAND', tls_cert_file=None, |
|
74 | 74 | tls_cert_dir=None, ldap_version=3, |
|
75 | 75 | search_scope='SUBTREE', attr_login='uid', |
|
76 | 76 | ldap_filter='', timeout=None): |
|
77 | 77 | if ldap == Missing: |
|
78 | 78 | raise LdapImportError("Missing or incompatible ldap library") |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | self.debug = False |
|
81 | 81 | self.timeout = timeout or 60 * 5 |
|
82 | 82 | self.ldap_version = ldap_version |
|
83 | 83 | self.ldap_server_type = 'ldap' |
|
84 | 84 | |
|
85 | 85 | self.TLS_KIND = tls_kind |
|
86 | 86 | |
|
87 | 87 | if self.TLS_KIND == 'LDAPS': |
|
88 | 88 | port = port or 689 |
|
89 | 89 | self.ldap_server_type += 's' |
|
90 | 90 | |
|
91 | 91 | OPT_X_TLS_DEMAND = 2 |
|
92 | 92 | self.TLS_REQCERT = getattr(ldap, 'OPT_X_TLS_%s' % tls_reqcert, OPT_X_TLS_DEMAND) |
|
93 | 93 | self.TLS_CERT_FILE = tls_cert_file or '' |
|
94 | 94 | self.TLS_CERT_DIR = tls_cert_dir or self.default_tls_cert_dir |
|
95 | 95 | |
|
96 | 96 | # split server into list |
|
97 | 97 | self.SERVER_ADDRESSES = self._get_server_list(server) |
|
98 | 98 | self.LDAP_SERVER_PORT = port |
|
99 | 99 | |
|
100 | 100 | # USE FOR READ ONLY BIND TO LDAP SERVER |
|
101 | 101 | self.attr_login = attr_login |
|
102 | 102 | |
|
103 | 103 | self.LDAP_BIND_DN = safe_str(bind_dn) |
|
104 | 104 | self.LDAP_BIND_PASS = safe_str(bind_pass) |
|
105 | 105 | |
|
106 | 106 | self.SEARCH_SCOPE = getattr(ldap, 'SCOPE_%s' % search_scope) |
|
107 | 107 | self.BASE_DN = safe_str(base_dn) |
|
108 | 108 | self.LDAP_FILTER = safe_str(ldap_filter) |
|
109 | 109 | |
|
110 | 110 | def _get_ldap_conn(self): |
|
111 | 111 | |
|
112 | 112 | if self.debug: |
|
113 | 113 | ldap.set_option(ldap.OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL, 255) |
|
114 | 114 | |
|
115 | 115 | if self.TLS_CERT_FILE and hasattr(ldap, 'OPT_X_TLS_CACERTFILE'): |
|
116 | 116 | ldap.set_option(ldap.OPT_X_TLS_CACERTFILE, self.TLS_CERT_FILE) |
|
117 | 117 | |
|
118 | 118 | elif hasattr(ldap, 'OPT_X_TLS_CACERTDIR'): |
|
119 | 119 | ldap.set_option(ldap.OPT_X_TLS_CACERTDIR, self.TLS_CERT_DIR) |
|
120 | 120 | |
|
121 | 121 | if self.TLS_KIND != 'PLAIN': |
|
122 | 122 | ldap.set_option(ldap.OPT_X_TLS_REQUIRE_CERT, self.TLS_REQCERT) |
|
123 | 123 | |
|
124 | 124 | ldap.set_option(ldap.OPT_REFERRALS, ldap.OPT_OFF) |
|
125 | 125 | ldap.set_option(ldap.OPT_RESTART, ldap.OPT_ON) |
|
126 | 126 | |
|
127 | 127 | # init connection now |
|
128 | 128 | ldap_servers = self._build_servers( |
|
129 | 129 | self.ldap_server_type, self.SERVER_ADDRESSES, self.LDAP_SERVER_PORT) |
|
130 | 130 | log.debug('initializing LDAP connection to:%s', ldap_servers) |
|
131 | 131 | ldap_conn = ldap.initialize(ldap_servers) |
|
132 | 132 | ldap_conn.set_option(ldap.OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT, self.timeout) |
|
133 | 133 | ldap_conn.set_option(ldap.OPT_TIMEOUT, self.timeout) |
|
134 | 134 | ldap_conn.timeout = self.timeout |
|
135 | 135 | |
|
136 | 136 | if self.ldap_version == 2: |
|
137 | 137 | ldap_conn.protocol = ldap.VERSION2 |
|
138 | 138 | else: |
|
139 | 139 | ldap_conn.protocol = ldap.VERSION3 |
|
140 | 140 | |
|
141 | 141 | if self.TLS_KIND == 'START_TLS': |
|
142 | 142 | ldap_conn.start_tls_s() |
|
143 | 143 | |
|
144 | 144 | if self.LDAP_BIND_DN and self.LDAP_BIND_PASS: |
|
145 | 145 | log.debug('Trying simple_bind with password and given login DN: %r', |
|
146 | 146 | self.LDAP_BIND_DN) |
|
147 | 147 | ldap_conn.simple_bind_s(self.LDAP_BIND_DN, self.LDAP_BIND_PASS) |
|
148 | 148 | |
|
149 | 149 | return ldap_conn |
|
150 | 150 | |
|
151 | 151 | def fetch_attrs_from_simple_bind(self, server, dn, username, password): |
|
152 | 152 | try: |
|
153 | 153 | log.debug('Trying simple bind with %r', dn) |
|
154 | 154 | server.simple_bind_s(dn, safe_str(password)) |
|
155 | 155 | user = server.search_ext_s( |
|
156 | 156 | dn, ldap.SCOPE_BASE, '(objectClass=*)', )[0] |
|
157 | 157 | _, attrs = user |
|
158 | 158 | return attrs |
|
159 | 159 | |
|
160 | 160 | except ldap.INVALID_CREDENTIALS: |
|
161 | 161 | log.debug( |
|
162 | 162 | "LDAP rejected password for user '%s': %s, org_exc:", |
|
163 | 163 | username, dn, exc_info=True) |
|
164 | 164 | |
|
165 | 165 | def authenticate_ldap(self, username, password): |
|
166 | 166 | """ |
|
167 | 167 | Authenticate a user via LDAP and return his/her LDAP properties. |
|
168 | 168 | |
|
169 | 169 | Raises AuthenticationError if the credentials are rejected, or |
|
170 | 170 | EnvironmentError if the LDAP server can't be reached. |
|
171 | 171 | |
|
172 | 172 | :param username: username |
|
173 | 173 | :param password: password |
|
174 | 174 | """ |
|
175 | 175 | |
|
176 | 176 | uid = self.get_uid(username, self.SERVER_ADDRESSES) |
|
177 | 177 | user_attrs = {} |
|
178 | 178 | dn = '' |
|
179 | 179 | |
|
180 | 180 | self.validate_password(username, password) |
|
181 | 181 | self.validate_username(username) |
|
182 | 182 | |
|
183 | 183 | ldap_conn = None |
|
184 | 184 | try: |
|
185 | 185 | ldap_conn = self._get_ldap_conn() |
|
186 | 186 | filter_ = '(&%s(%s=%s))' % ( |
|
187 | 187 | self.LDAP_FILTER, self.attr_login, username) |
|
188 | 188 | log.debug("Authenticating %r filter %s", self.BASE_DN, filter_) |
|
189 | 189 | |
|
190 | 190 | lobjects = ldap_conn.search_ext_s( |
|
191 | 191 | self.BASE_DN, self.SEARCH_SCOPE, filter_) |
|
192 | 192 | |
|
193 | 193 | if not lobjects: |
|
194 | 194 | log.debug("No matching LDAP objects for authentication " |
|
195 | 195 | "of UID:'%s' username:(%s)", uid, username) |
|
196 | 196 | raise ldap.NO_SUCH_OBJECT() |
|
197 | 197 | |
|
198 | 198 | log.debug('Found matching ldap object, trying to authenticate') |
|
199 | 199 | for (dn, _attrs) in lobjects: |
|
200 | 200 | if dn is None: |
|
201 | 201 | continue |
|
202 | 202 | |
|
203 | 203 | user_attrs = self.fetch_attrs_from_simple_bind( |
|
204 | 204 | ldap_conn, dn, username, password) |
|
205 | 205 | if user_attrs: |
|
206 | 206 | break |
|
207 | 207 | else: |
|
208 | 208 | raise LdapPasswordError( |
|
209 | 209 | 'Failed to authenticate user `{}`' |
|
210 | 210 | 'with given password'.format(username)) |
|
211 | 211 | |
|
212 | 212 | except ldap.NO_SUCH_OBJECT: |
|
213 | 213 | log.debug("LDAP says no such user '%s' (%s), org_exc:", |
|
214 | 214 | uid, username, exc_info=True) |
|
215 | 215 | raise LdapUsernameError('Unable to find user') |
|
216 | 216 | except ldap.SERVER_DOWN: |
|
217 | 217 | org_exc = traceback.format_exc() |
|
218 | 218 | raise LdapConnectionError( |
|
219 | 219 | "LDAP can't access authentication " |
|
220 | 220 | "server, org_exc:%s" % org_exc) |
|
221 | 221 | finally: |
|
222 | 222 | if ldap_conn: |
|
223 | 223 | log.debug('ldap: connection release') |
|
224 | 224 | try: |
|
225 | 225 | ldap_conn.unbind_s() |
|
226 | 226 | except Exception: |
|
227 | 227 | # for any reason this can raise exception we must catch it |
|
228 | 228 | # to not crush the server |
|
229 | 229 | pass |
|
230 | 230 | |
|
231 | 231 | return dn, user_attrs |
|
232 | 232 | |
|
233 | 233 | |
|
234 | 234 | class LdapSettingsSchema(AuthnPluginSettingsSchemaBase): |
|
235 | 235 | tls_kind_choices = ['PLAIN', 'LDAPS', 'START_TLS'] |
|
236 | 236 | tls_reqcert_choices = ['NEVER', 'ALLOW', 'TRY', 'DEMAND', 'HARD'] |
|
237 | 237 | search_scope_choices = ['BASE', 'ONELEVEL', 'SUBTREE'] |
|
238 | 238 | |
|
239 | 239 | host = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
240 | 240 | colander.String(), |
|
241 | 241 | default='', |
|
242 | 242 | description=_('Host[s] of the LDAP Server \n' |
|
243 | 243 | '(e.g., 192.168.2.154, or ldap-server.domain.com.\n ' |
|
244 | 244 | 'Multiple servers can be specified using commas'), |
|
245 | 245 | preparer=strip_whitespace, |
|
246 | 246 | title=_('LDAP Host'), |
|
247 | 247 | widget='string') |
|
248 | 248 | port = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
249 | 249 | colander.Int(), |
|
250 | 250 | default=389, |
|
251 | 251 | description=_('Custom port that the LDAP server is listening on. ' |
|
252 | 'Default value is: 389'), | |
|
252 | 'Default value is: 389, use 689 for LDAPS(SSL)'), | |
|
253 | 253 | preparer=strip_whitespace, |
|
254 | 254 | title=_('Port'), |
|
255 | 255 | validator=colander.Range(min=0, max=65536), |
|
256 | 256 | widget='int') |
|
257 | 257 | |
|
258 | 258 | timeout = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
259 | 259 | colander.Int(), |
|
260 | 260 | default=60 * 5, |
|
261 | 261 | description=_('Timeout for LDAP connection'), |
|
262 | 262 | preparer=strip_whitespace, |
|
263 | 263 | title=_('Connection timeout'), |
|
264 | 264 | validator=colander.Range(min=1), |
|
265 | 265 | widget='int') |
|
266 | 266 | |
|
267 | 267 | dn_user = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
268 | 268 | colander.String(), |
|
269 | 269 | default='', |
|
270 | 270 | description=_('Optional user DN/account to connect to LDAP if authentication is required. \n' |
|
271 | 271 | 'e.g., cn=admin,dc=mydomain,dc=com, or ' |
|
272 | 272 | 'uid=root,cn=users,dc=mydomain,dc=com, or admin@mydomain.com'), |
|
273 | 273 | missing='', |
|
274 | 274 | preparer=strip_whitespace, |
|
275 | 275 | title=_('Account'), |
|
276 | 276 | widget='string') |
|
277 | 277 | dn_pass = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
278 | 278 | colander.String(), |
|
279 | 279 | default='', |
|
280 | 280 | description=_('Password to authenticate for given user DN.'), |
|
281 | 281 | missing='', |
|
282 | 282 | preparer=strip_whitespace, |
|
283 | 283 | title=_('Password'), |
|
284 | 284 | widget='password') |
|
285 | 285 | tls_kind = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
286 | 286 | colander.String(), |
|
287 | 287 | default=tls_kind_choices[0], |
|
288 | 288 | description=_('TLS Type'), |
|
289 | 289 | title=_('Connection Security'), |
|
290 | 290 | validator=colander.OneOf(tls_kind_choices), |
|
291 | 291 | widget='select') |
|
292 | 292 | tls_reqcert = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
293 | 293 | colander.String(), |
|
294 | 294 | default=tls_reqcert_choices[0], |
|
295 | 295 | description=_('Require Cert over TLS?. Self-signed and custom ' |
|
296 | 296 | 'certificates can be used when\n `RhodeCode Certificate` ' |
|
297 | 297 | 'found in admin > settings > system info page is extended.'), |
|
298 | 298 | title=_('Certificate Checks'), |
|
299 | 299 | validator=colander.OneOf(tls_reqcert_choices), |
|
300 | 300 | widget='select') |
|
301 | 301 | tls_cert_file = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
302 | 302 | colander.String(), |
|
303 | 303 | default='', |
|
304 | 304 | description=_('This specifies the PEM-format file path containing ' |
|
305 | 305 | 'certificates for use in TLS connection.\n' |
|
306 | 306 | 'If not specified `TLS Cert dir` will be used'), |
|
307 | 307 | title=_('TLS Cert file'), |
|
308 | 308 | missing='', |
|
309 | 309 | widget='string') |
|
310 | 310 | tls_cert_dir = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
311 | 311 | colander.String(), |
|
312 | 312 | default=AuthLdap.default_tls_cert_dir, |
|
313 | 313 | description=_('This specifies the path of a directory that contains individual ' |
|
314 | 314 | 'CA certificates in separate files.'), |
|
315 | 315 | title=_('TLS Cert dir'), |
|
316 | 316 | widget='string') |
|
317 | 317 | base_dn = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
318 | 318 | colander.String(), |
|
319 | 319 | default='', |
|
320 | 320 | description=_('Base DN to search. Dynamic bind is supported. Add `$login` marker ' |
|
321 | 321 | 'in it to be replaced with current user credentials \n' |
|
322 | 322 | '(e.g., dc=mydomain,dc=com, or ou=Users,dc=mydomain,dc=com)'), |
|
323 | 323 | missing='', |
|
324 | 324 | preparer=strip_whitespace, |
|
325 | 325 | title=_('Base DN'), |
|
326 | 326 | widget='string') |
|
327 | 327 | filter = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
328 | 328 | colander.String(), |
|
329 | 329 | default='', |
|
330 | 330 | description=_('Filter to narrow results \n' |
|
331 | 331 | '(e.g., (&(objectCategory=Person)(objectClass=user)), or \n' |
|
332 | 332 | '(memberof=cn=rc-login,ou=groups,ou=company,dc=mydomain,dc=com)))'), |
|
333 | 333 | missing='', |
|
334 | 334 | preparer=strip_whitespace, |
|
335 | 335 | title=_('LDAP Search Filter'), |
|
336 | 336 | widget='string') |
|
337 | 337 | |
|
338 | 338 | search_scope = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
339 | 339 | colander.String(), |
|
340 | 340 | default=search_scope_choices[2], |
|
341 | 341 | description=_('How deep to search LDAP. If unsure set to SUBTREE'), |
|
342 | 342 | title=_('LDAP Search Scope'), |
|
343 | 343 | validator=colander.OneOf(search_scope_choices), |
|
344 | 344 | widget='select') |
|
345 | 345 | attr_login = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
346 | 346 | colander.String(), |
|
347 | 347 | default='uid', |
|
348 | 348 | description=_('LDAP Attribute to map to user name (e.g., uid, or sAMAccountName)'), |
|
349 | 349 | preparer=strip_whitespace, |
|
350 | 350 | title=_('Login Attribute'), |
|
351 | 351 | missing_msg=_('The LDAP Login attribute of the CN must be specified'), |
|
352 | 352 | widget='string') |
|
353 | 353 | attr_email = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
354 | 354 | colander.String(), |
|
355 | 355 | default='', |
|
356 | 356 | description=_('LDAP Attribute to map to email address (e.g., mail).\n' |
|
357 | 357 | 'Emails are a crucial part of RhodeCode. \n' |
|
358 | 358 | 'If possible add a valid email attribute to ldap users.'), |
|
359 | 359 | missing='', |
|
360 | 360 | preparer=strip_whitespace, |
|
361 | 361 | title=_('Email Attribute'), |
|
362 | 362 | widget='string') |
|
363 | 363 | attr_firstname = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
364 | 364 | colander.String(), |
|
365 | 365 | default='', |
|
366 | 366 | description=_('LDAP Attribute to map to first name (e.g., givenName)'), |
|
367 | 367 | missing='', |
|
368 | 368 | preparer=strip_whitespace, |
|
369 | 369 | title=_('First Name Attribute'), |
|
370 | 370 | widget='string') |
|
371 | 371 | attr_lastname = colander.SchemaNode( |
|
372 | 372 | colander.String(), |
|
373 | 373 | default='', |
|
374 | 374 | description=_('LDAP Attribute to map to last name (e.g., sn)'), |
|
375 | 375 | missing='', |
|
376 | 376 | preparer=strip_whitespace, |
|
377 | 377 | title=_('Last Name Attribute'), |
|
378 | 378 | widget='string') |
|
379 | 379 | |
|
380 | 380 | |
|
381 | 381 | class RhodeCodeAuthPlugin(RhodeCodeExternalAuthPlugin): |
|
382 | 382 | uid = 'ldap' |
|
383 | 383 | # used to define dynamic binding in the |
|
384 | 384 | DYNAMIC_BIND_VAR = '$login' |
|
385 | 385 | _settings_unsafe_keys = ['dn_pass'] |
|
386 | 386 | |
|
387 | 387 | def includeme(self, config): |
|
388 | 388 | config.add_authn_plugin(self) |
|
389 | 389 | config.add_authn_resource(self.get_id(), LdapAuthnResource(self)) |
|
390 | 390 | config.add_view( |
|
391 | 391 | 'rhodecode.authentication.views.AuthnPluginViewBase', |
|
392 | 392 | attr='settings_get', |
|
393 | 393 | renderer='rhodecode:templates/admin/auth/plugin_settings.mako', |
|
394 | 394 | request_method='GET', |
|
395 | 395 | route_name='auth_home', |
|
396 | 396 | context=LdapAuthnResource) |
|
397 | 397 | config.add_view( |
|
398 | 398 | 'rhodecode.authentication.views.AuthnPluginViewBase', |
|
399 | 399 | attr='settings_post', |
|
400 | 400 | renderer='rhodecode:templates/admin/auth/plugin_settings.mako', |
|
401 | 401 | request_method='POST', |
|
402 | 402 | route_name='auth_home', |
|
403 | 403 | context=LdapAuthnResource) |
|
404 | 404 | |
|
405 | 405 | def get_settings_schema(self): |
|
406 | 406 | return LdapSettingsSchema() |
|
407 | 407 | |
|
408 | 408 | def get_display_name(self): |
|
409 | 409 | return _('LDAP') |
|
410 | 410 | |
|
411 | 411 | @classmethod |
|
412 | 412 | def docs(cls): |
|
413 | 413 | return "https://docs.rhodecode.com/RhodeCode-Enterprise/auth/auth-ldap.html" |
|
414 | 414 | |
|
415 | 415 | @hybrid_property |
|
416 | 416 | def name(self): |
|
417 | 417 | return u"ldap" |
|
418 | 418 | |
|
419 | 419 | def use_fake_password(self): |
|
420 | 420 | return True |
|
421 | 421 | |
|
422 | 422 | def user_activation_state(self): |
|
423 | 423 | def_user_perms = User.get_default_user().AuthUser().permissions['global'] |
|
424 | 424 | return 'hg.extern_activate.auto' in def_user_perms |
|
425 | 425 | |
|
426 | 426 | def try_dynamic_binding(self, username, password, current_args): |
|
427 | 427 | """ |
|
428 | 428 | Detects marker inside our original bind, and uses dynamic auth if |
|
429 | 429 | present |
|
430 | 430 | """ |
|
431 | 431 | |
|
432 | 432 | org_bind = current_args['bind_dn'] |
|
433 | 433 | passwd = current_args['bind_pass'] |
|
434 | 434 | |
|
435 | 435 | def has_bind_marker(username): |
|
436 | 436 | if self.DYNAMIC_BIND_VAR in username: |
|
437 | 437 | return True |
|
438 | 438 | |
|
439 | 439 | # we only passed in user with "special" variable |
|
440 | 440 | if org_bind and has_bind_marker(org_bind) and not passwd: |
|
441 | 441 | log.debug('Using dynamic user/password binding for ldap ' |
|
442 | 442 | 'authentication. Replacing `%s` with username', |
|
443 | 443 | self.DYNAMIC_BIND_VAR) |
|
444 | 444 | current_args['bind_dn'] = org_bind.replace( |
|
445 | 445 | self.DYNAMIC_BIND_VAR, username) |
|
446 | 446 | current_args['bind_pass'] = password |
|
447 | 447 | |
|
448 | 448 | return current_args |
|
449 | 449 | |
|
450 | 450 | def auth(self, userobj, username, password, settings, **kwargs): |
|
451 | 451 | """ |
|
452 | 452 | Given a user object (which may be null), username, a plaintext password, |
|
453 | 453 | and a settings object (containing all the keys needed as listed in |
|
454 | 454 | settings()), authenticate this user's login attempt. |
|
455 | 455 | |
|
456 | 456 | Return None on failure. On success, return a dictionary of the form: |
|
457 | 457 | |
|
458 | 458 | see: RhodeCodeAuthPluginBase.auth_func_attrs |
|
459 | 459 | This is later validated for correctness |
|
460 | 460 | """ |
|
461 | 461 | |
|
462 | 462 | if not username or not password: |
|
463 | 463 | log.debug('Empty username or password skipping...') |
|
464 | 464 | return None |
|
465 | 465 | |
|
466 | 466 | ldap_args = { |
|
467 | 467 | 'server': settings.get('host', ''), |
|
468 | 468 | 'base_dn': settings.get('base_dn', ''), |
|
469 | 469 | 'port': settings.get('port'), |
|
470 | 470 | 'bind_dn': settings.get('dn_user'), |
|
471 | 471 | 'bind_pass': settings.get('dn_pass'), |
|
472 | 472 | 'tls_kind': settings.get('tls_kind'), |
|
473 | 473 | 'tls_reqcert': settings.get('tls_reqcert'), |
|
474 | 474 | 'tls_cert_file': settings.get('tls_cert_file'), |
|
475 | 475 | 'tls_cert_dir': settings.get('tls_cert_dir'), |
|
476 | 476 | 'search_scope': settings.get('search_scope'), |
|
477 | 477 | 'attr_login': settings.get('attr_login'), |
|
478 | 478 | 'ldap_version': 3, |
|
479 | 479 | 'ldap_filter': settings.get('filter'), |
|
480 | 480 | 'timeout': settings.get('timeout') |
|
481 | 481 | } |
|
482 | 482 | |
|
483 | 483 | ldap_attrs = self.try_dynamic_binding(username, password, ldap_args) |
|
484 | 484 | |
|
485 | 485 | log.debug('Checking for ldap authentication.') |
|
486 | 486 | |
|
487 | 487 | try: |
|
488 | 488 | aldap = AuthLdap(**ldap_args) |
|
489 | 489 | (user_dn, ldap_attrs) = aldap.authenticate_ldap(username, password) |
|
490 | 490 | log.debug('Got ldap DN response %s', user_dn) |
|
491 | 491 | |
|
492 | 492 | def get_ldap_attr(k): |
|
493 | 493 | return ldap_attrs.get(settings.get(k), [''])[0] |
|
494 | 494 | |
|
495 | 495 | # old attrs fetched from RhodeCode database |
|
496 | 496 | admin = getattr(userobj, 'admin', False) |
|
497 | 497 | active = getattr(userobj, 'active', True) |
|
498 | 498 | email = getattr(userobj, 'email', '') |
|
499 | 499 | username = getattr(userobj, 'username', username) |
|
500 | 500 | firstname = getattr(userobj, 'firstname', '') |
|
501 | 501 | lastname = getattr(userobj, 'lastname', '') |
|
502 | 502 | extern_type = getattr(userobj, 'extern_type', '') |
|
503 | 503 | |
|
504 | 504 | groups = [] |
|
505 | 505 | |
|
506 | 506 | user_attrs = { |
|
507 | 507 | 'username': username, |
|
508 | 508 | 'firstname': safe_unicode(get_ldap_attr('attr_firstname') or firstname), |
|
509 | 509 | 'lastname': safe_unicode(get_ldap_attr('attr_lastname') or lastname), |
|
510 | 510 | 'groups': groups, |
|
511 | 511 | 'user_group_sync': False, |
|
512 | 512 | 'email': get_ldap_attr('attr_email') or email, |
|
513 | 513 | 'admin': admin, |
|
514 | 514 | 'active': active, |
|
515 | 515 | 'active_from_extern': None, |
|
516 | 516 | 'extern_name': user_dn, |
|
517 | 517 | 'extern_type': extern_type, |
|
518 | 518 | } |
|
519 | 519 | |
|
520 | 520 | log.debug('ldap user: %s', user_attrs) |
|
521 | 521 | log.info('user `%s` authenticated correctly', user_attrs['username']) |
|
522 | 522 | |
|
523 | 523 | return user_attrs |
|
524 | 524 | |
|
525 | 525 | except (LdapUsernameError, LdapPasswordError, LdapImportError): |
|
526 | 526 | log.exception("LDAP related exception") |
|
527 | 527 | return None |
|
528 | 528 | except (Exception,): |
|
529 | 529 | log.exception("Other exception") |
|
530 | 530 | return None |
|
531 | 531 | |
|
532 | 532 | |
|
533 | 533 | def includeme(config): |
|
534 | 534 | plugin_id = 'egg:rhodecode-enterprise-ce#{}'.format(RhodeCodeAuthPlugin.uid) |
|
535 | 535 | plugin_factory(plugin_id).includeme(config) |
@@ -1,545 +1,545 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | // |
|
2 | 2 | // Typography |
|
3 | 3 | // modified from Bootstrap |
|
4 | 4 | // -------------------------------------------------- |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | // Base |
|
7 | 7 | body { |
|
8 | 8 | font-size: @basefontsize; |
|
9 | 9 | font-family: @text-light; |
|
10 | 10 | letter-spacing: .02em; |
|
11 | 11 | color: @grey2; |
|
12 | 12 | } |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | #content, label{ |
|
15 | 15 | font-size: @basefontsize; |
|
16 | 16 | } |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | label { |
|
19 | 19 | color: @grey2; |
|
20 | 20 | } |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | ::selection { background: @rchighlightblue; } |
|
23 | 23 | |
|
24 | 24 | // Headings |
|
25 | 25 | // ------------------------- |
|
26 | 26 | |
|
27 | 27 | h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, |
|
28 | 28 | .h1, .h2, .h3, .h4, .h5, .h6 { |
|
29 | 29 | margin: 0 0 @textmargin 0; |
|
30 | 30 | padding: 0; |
|
31 | 31 | line-height: 1.8em; |
|
32 | 32 | color: @text-color; |
|
33 | 33 | a { |
|
34 | 34 | color: @rcblue; |
|
35 | 35 | } |
|
36 | 36 | } |
|
37 | 37 | |
|
38 | 38 | h1, .h1 { font-size: 1.54em; font-weight: @text-bold-weight; font-family: @text-bold; } |
|
39 | 39 | h2, .h2 { font-size: 1.23em; font-weight: @text-semibold-weight; font-family: @text-semibold; } |
|
40 | 40 | h3, .h3 { font-size: 1.23em; font-family: @text-regular; } |
|
41 | 41 | h4, .h4 { font-size: 1em; font-weight: @text-bold-weight; font-family: @text-bold; } |
|
42 | 42 | h5, .h5 { font-size: 1em; font-weight: @text-bold-weight; font-family: @text-bold; } |
|
43 | 43 | h6, .h6 { font-size: 1em; font-weight: @text-bold-weight; font-family: @text-bold; } |
|
44 | 44 | |
|
45 | 45 | // Breadcrumbs |
|
46 | 46 | .breadcrumbs { |
|
47 | 47 | font-size: @repo-title-fontsize; |
|
48 | 48 | margin: 0; |
|
49 | 49 | } |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 | 51 | .breadcrumbs_light { |
|
52 | 52 | float:left; |
|
53 | 53 | font-size: 1.3em; |
|
54 | 54 | line-height: 38px; |
|
55 | 55 | } |
|
56 | 56 | |
|
57 | 57 | // Body text |
|
58 | 58 | // ------------------------- |
|
59 | 59 | |
|
60 | 60 | p { |
|
61 | 61 | margin: 0 0 @textmargin 0; |
|
62 | 62 | padding: 0; |
|
63 | 63 | line-height: 2em; |
|
64 | 64 | } |
|
65 | 65 | |
|
66 | 66 | .lead { |
|
67 | 67 | margin-bottom: @textmargin; |
|
68 | 68 | font-weight: 300; |
|
69 | 69 | line-height: 1.4; |
|
70 | 70 | |
|
71 | 71 | @media (min-width: @screen-sm-min) { |
|
72 | 72 | font-size: (@basefontsize * 1.5); |
|
73 | 73 | } |
|
74 | 74 | } |
|
75 | 75 | |
|
76 | 76 | a, |
|
77 | 77 | .link { |
|
78 | 78 | color: @rcblue; |
|
79 | 79 | text-decoration: none; |
|
80 | 80 | outline: none; |
|
81 | 81 | cursor: pointer; |
|
82 | 82 | |
|
83 | 83 | &:focus { |
|
84 | 84 | outline: none; |
|
85 | 85 | } |
|
86 | 86 | |
|
87 | 87 | &:hover { |
|
88 | 88 | color: @rcdarkblue; |
|
89 | 89 | } |
|
90 | 90 | } |
|
91 | 91 | |
|
92 | 92 | img { |
|
93 | 93 | border: none; |
|
94 | 94 | outline: none; |
|
95 | 95 | } |
|
96 | 96 | |
|
97 | 97 | strong { |
|
98 | 98 | font-weight: @text-bold-weight; |
|
99 | 99 | font-family: @text-bold; |
|
100 | 100 | } |
|
101 | 101 | |
|
102 | 102 | em { |
|
103 | 103 | font-family: @text-italic; |
|
104 | 104 | font-style: italic; |
|
105 | 105 | } |
|
106 | 106 | |
|
107 | 107 | strong em, |
|
108 | 108 | em strong { |
|
109 | 109 | font-style: italic; |
|
110 | 110 | font-weight: @text-bold-italic-weight; |
|
111 | 111 | font-family: @text-bold-italic; |
|
112 | 112 | } |
|
113 | 113 | |
|
114 | 114 | //TODO: lisa: b and i are depreciated, but we are still using them in places. |
|
115 | 115 | // Should probably make some decision whether to keep or lose these. |
|
116 | 116 | b { |
|
117 | 117 | |
|
118 | 118 | } |
|
119 | 119 | |
|
120 | 120 | i { |
|
121 | 121 | font-style: normal; |
|
122 | 122 | } |
|
123 | 123 | |
|
124 | 124 | label { |
|
125 | 125 | color: @text-color; |
|
126 | 126 | |
|
127 | 127 | input[type="checkbox"] { |
|
128 | 128 | margin-right: 1em; |
|
129 | 129 | } |
|
130 | 130 | input[type="radio"] { |
|
131 | 131 | margin-right: 1em; |
|
132 | 132 | } |
|
133 | 133 | } |
|
134 | 134 | |
|
135 | 135 | code, |
|
136 | 136 | .code { |
|
137 | 137 | font-size: .95em; |
|
138 | 138 | font-family: @text-code; |
|
139 | 139 | color: @grey3; |
|
140 | 140 | |
|
141 | 141 | a { |
|
142 | 142 | color: lighten(@rcblue,10%) |
|
143 | 143 | } |
|
144 | 144 | } |
|
145 | 145 | |
|
146 | 146 | pre { |
|
147 | 147 | margin: 0; |
|
148 | 148 | padding: 0; |
|
149 | 149 | border: 0; |
|
150 | 150 | outline: 0; |
|
151 | 151 | font-size: @basefontsize*.95; |
|
152 | 152 | line-height: 1.4em; |
|
153 | 153 | font-family: @text-code; |
|
154 | 154 | color: @grey3; |
|
155 | 155 | } |
|
156 | 156 | |
|
157 | 157 | // Emphasis & misc |
|
158 | 158 | // ------------------------- |
|
159 | 159 | |
|
160 | 160 | small, |
|
161 | 161 | .small { |
|
162 | 162 | font-size: 75%; |
|
163 | 163 | font-weight: normal; |
|
164 | 164 | line-height: 1em; |
|
165 | 165 | } |
|
166 | 166 | |
|
167 | 167 | mark, |
|
168 | 168 | .mark { |
|
169 | 169 | background-color: @rclightblue; |
|
170 | 170 | padding: .2em; |
|
171 | 171 | } |
|
172 | 172 | |
|
173 | 173 | // Alignment |
|
174 | 174 | .text-left { text-align: left; } |
|
175 | 175 | .text-right { text-align: right; } |
|
176 | 176 | .text-center { text-align: center; } |
|
177 | 177 | .text-justify { text-align: justify; } |
|
178 | 178 | .text-nowrap { white-space: nowrap; } |
|
179 | 179 | |
|
180 | 180 | // Transformation |
|
181 | 181 | .text-lowercase { text-transform: lowercase; } |
|
182 | 182 | .text-uppercase { text-transform: uppercase; } |
|
183 | 183 | .text-capitalize { text-transform: capitalize; } |
|
184 | 184 | |
|
185 | 185 | // Contextual colors |
|
186 | 186 | .text-muted { |
|
187 | 187 | color: @grey4; |
|
188 | 188 | } |
|
189 | 189 | .text-primary { |
|
190 | 190 | color: @rcblue; |
|
191 | 191 | } |
|
192 | 192 | .text-success { |
|
193 | 193 | color: @alert1; |
|
194 | 194 | } |
|
195 | 195 | .text-info { |
|
196 | 196 | color: @alert4; |
|
197 | 197 | } |
|
198 | 198 | .text-warning { |
|
199 | 199 | color: @alert3; |
|
200 | 200 | } |
|
201 | 201 | .text-danger { |
|
202 | 202 | color: @alert2; |
|
203 | 203 | } |
|
204 | 204 | |
|
205 | 205 | // Contextual backgrounds |
|
206 | 206 | .bg-primary { |
|
207 | 207 | background-color: white; |
|
208 | 208 | } |
|
209 | 209 | .bg-success { |
|
210 | 210 | background-color: @alert1; |
|
211 | 211 | } |
|
212 | 212 | .bg-info { |
|
213 | 213 | background-color: @alert4; |
|
214 | 214 | } |
|
215 | 215 | .bg-warning { |
|
216 | 216 | background-color: @alert3; |
|
217 | 217 | } |
|
218 | 218 | .bg-danger { |
|
219 | 219 | background-color: @alert2; |
|
220 | 220 | } |
|
221 | 221 | |
|
222 | 222 | |
|
223 | 223 | // Page header |
|
224 | 224 | // ------------------------- |
|
225 | 225 | |
|
226 | 226 | .page-header { |
|
227 | 227 | margin: @pagepadding 0 @textmargin; |
|
228 | 228 | border-bottom: @border-thickness solid @grey5; |
|
229 | 229 | } |
|
230 | 230 | |
|
231 | 231 | .title { |
|
232 | 232 | clear: both; |
|
233 | 233 | float: left; |
|
234 | 234 | width: 100%; |
|
235 | 235 | margin: @pagepadding/2 0 @pagepadding; |
|
236 | 236 | |
|
237 | 237 | .breadcrumbs { |
|
238 | 238 | float: left; |
|
239 | 239 | clear: both; |
|
240 | 240 | width: 700px; |
|
241 | 241 | margin: 0; |
|
242 | 242 | |
|
243 | 243 | .q_filter_box { |
|
244 | 244 | margin-right: @padding; |
|
245 | 245 | } |
|
246 | 246 | } |
|
247 | 247 | |
|
248 | 248 | h1 a { |
|
249 | 249 | color: @rcblue; |
|
250 | 250 | } |
|
251 | 251 | |
|
252 | 252 | input{ |
|
253 | 253 | margin-right: @padding; |
|
254 | 254 | } |
|
255 | 255 | |
|
256 | 256 | h5, .h5 { |
|
257 | 257 | color: @grey1; |
|
258 | 258 | margin-bottom: @space; |
|
259 | 259 | |
|
260 | 260 | span { |
|
261 | 261 | display: inline-block; |
|
262 | 262 | } |
|
263 | 263 | } |
|
264 | 264 | |
|
265 | 265 | p { |
|
266 | 266 | margin-bottom: 0; |
|
267 | 267 | } |
|
268 | 268 | |
|
269 | 269 | .links { |
|
270 | 270 | float: right; |
|
271 | 271 | display: inline; |
|
272 | 272 | margin: 0; |
|
273 | 273 | padding-left: 0; |
|
274 | 274 | list-style: none; |
|
275 | 275 | text-align: right; |
|
276 | 276 | |
|
277 | 277 | li { |
|
278 | 278 | float: right; |
|
279 | 279 | list-style-type: none; |
|
280 | 280 | } |
|
281 | 281 | |
|
282 | 282 | a { |
|
283 | 283 | display: inline-block; |
|
284 | 284 | margin-left: @textmargin/2; |
|
285 | 285 | } |
|
286 | 286 | } |
|
287 | 287 | |
|
288 | 288 | .title-content { |
|
289 | 289 | float: left; |
|
290 | 290 | margin: 0; |
|
291 | 291 | padding: 0; |
|
292 | 292 | |
|
293 | 293 | & + .breadcrumbs { |
|
294 | 294 | margin-top: @padding; |
|
295 | 295 | } |
|
296 | 296 | |
|
297 | 297 | & + .links { |
|
298 | 298 | margin-top: -@button-padding; |
|
299 | 299 | |
|
300 | 300 | & + .breadcrumbs { |
|
301 | 301 | margin-top: @padding; |
|
302 | 302 | } |
|
303 | 303 | } |
|
304 | 304 | } |
|
305 | 305 | |
|
306 | 306 | .title-main { |
|
307 | 307 | font-size: @repo-title-fontsize; |
|
308 | 308 | } |
|
309 | 309 | |
|
310 | 310 | .title-description { |
|
311 | 311 | margin-top: .5em; |
|
312 | 312 | } |
|
313 | 313 | |
|
314 | 314 | .q_filter_box { |
|
315 | 315 | width: 200px; |
|
316 | 316 | } |
|
317 | 317 | |
|
318 | 318 | } |
|
319 | 319 | |
|
320 | 320 | #readme .title { |
|
321 | 321 | text-transform: none; |
|
322 | 322 | } |
|
323 | 323 | |
|
324 | 324 | // Lists |
|
325 | 325 | // ------------------------- |
|
326 | 326 | |
|
327 | 327 | // Unordered and Ordered lists |
|
328 | 328 | ul, |
|
329 | 329 | ol { |
|
330 | 330 | margin-top: 0; |
|
331 | 331 | margin-bottom: @textmargin; |
|
332 | 332 | ul, |
|
333 | 333 | ol { |
|
334 | 334 | margin-bottom: 0; |
|
335 | 335 | } |
|
336 | 336 | } |
|
337 | 337 | |
|
338 | 338 | li { |
|
339 | 339 | line-height: 2em; |
|
340 | 340 | } |
|
341 | 341 | |
|
342 | 342 | ul li { |
|
343 | 343 | position: relative; |
|
344 | 344 | list-style-type: disc; |
|
345 | 345 | |
|
346 | 346 | p:first-child { |
|
347 | 347 | display:inline; |
|
348 | 348 | } |
|
349 | 349 | } |
|
350 | 350 | |
|
351 | 351 | // List options |
|
352 | 352 | |
|
353 | 353 | // Unstyled keeps list items block level, just removes default browser padding and list-style |
|
354 | 354 | .list-unstyled { |
|
355 | 355 | padding-left: 0; |
|
356 | 356 | list-style: none; |
|
357 | 357 | li:before { content: none; } |
|
358 | 358 | } |
|
359 | 359 | |
|
360 | 360 | // Inline turns list items into inline-block |
|
361 | 361 | .list-inline { |
|
362 | 362 | .list-unstyled(); |
|
363 | 363 | margin-left: -5px; |
|
364 | 364 | |
|
365 | 365 | > li { |
|
366 | 366 | display: inline-block; |
|
367 | 367 | padding-left: 5px; |
|
368 | 368 | padding-right: 5px; |
|
369 | 369 | } |
|
370 | 370 | } |
|
371 | 371 | |
|
372 | 372 | // Description Lists |
|
373 | 373 | |
|
374 | 374 | dl { |
|
375 | 375 | margin-top: 0; // Remove browser default |
|
376 | 376 | margin-bottom: @textmargin; |
|
377 | 377 | } |
|
378 | 378 | |
|
379 | 379 | dt, |
|
380 | 380 | dd { |
|
381 | 381 | line-height: 1.4em; |
|
382 | 382 | } |
|
383 | 383 | |
|
384 | 384 | dt { |
|
385 | 385 | margin: @textmargin 0 0 0; |
|
386 | 386 | font-weight: @text-bold-weight; |
|
387 | 387 | font-family: @text-bold; |
|
388 | 388 | } |
|
389 | 389 | |
|
390 | 390 | dd { |
|
391 | 391 | margin-left: 0; // Undo browser default |
|
392 | 392 | } |
|
393 | 393 | |
|
394 | 394 | // Horizontal description lists |
|
395 | 395 | // Defaults to being stacked without any of the below styles applied, until the |
|
396 | 396 | // grid breakpoint is reached (default of ~768px). |
|
397 | 397 | // These are used in forms as well; see style guide. |
|
398 | 398 | // TODO: lisa: These should really not be used in forms. |
|
399 | 399 | |
|
400 | 400 | .dl-horizontal { |
|
401 | 401 | |
|
402 | 402 | overflow: hidden; |
|
403 | 403 | margin-bottom: @space; |
|
404 | 404 | |
|
405 | 405 | dt, dd { |
|
406 | 406 | float: left; |
|
407 | 407 | margin: 5px 0 5px 0; |
|
408 | 408 | } |
|
409 | 409 | |
|
410 | 410 | dt { |
|
411 | 411 | clear: left; |
|
412 | 412 | width: @label-width - @form-vertical-margin; |
|
413 | 413 | } |
|
414 | 414 | |
|
415 | 415 | dd { |
|
416 | 416 | &:extend(.clearfix all); // Clear the floated `dt` if an empty `dd` is present |
|
417 | 417 | margin-left: @form-vertical-margin; |
|
418 | 418 | max-width: @form-max-width - (@label-width - @form-vertical-margin) - @form-vertical-margin; |
|
419 | 419 | } |
|
420 | 420 | |
|
421 | 421 | pre { |
|
422 | 422 | margin: 0; |
|
423 | 423 | } |
|
424 | 424 | |
|
425 | 425 | &.settings { |
|
426 | 426 | dt { |
|
427 | 427 | text-align: left; |
|
428 | 428 | } |
|
429 | 429 | } |
|
430 | 430 | |
|
431 | 431 | @media (min-width: 768px) { |
|
432 | 432 | dt { |
|
433 | 433 | float: left; |
|
434 | 434 | width: 185px; |
|
435 | 435 | clear: left; |
|
436 | 436 | text-align: right; |
|
437 | 437 | } |
|
438 | 438 | dd { |
|
439 | 439 | margin-left: 20px; |
|
440 | 440 | } |
|
441 | 441 | } |
|
442 | 442 | } |
|
443 | 443 | |
|
444 | 444 | |
|
445 | 445 | // Misc |
|
446 | 446 | // ------------------------- |
|
447 | 447 | |
|
448 | 448 | // Abbreviations and acronyms |
|
449 | 449 | abbr[title], |
|
450 | 450 | abbr[data-original-title] { |
|
451 | 451 | cursor: help; |
|
452 | 452 | border-bottom: @border-thickness dotted @grey4; |
|
453 | 453 | } |
|
454 | 454 | .initialism { |
|
455 | 455 | font-size: 90%; |
|
456 | 456 | text-transform: uppercase; |
|
457 | 457 | } |
|
458 | 458 | |
|
459 | 459 | // Blockquotes |
|
460 | 460 | blockquote { |
|
461 | 461 | padding: 1em 2em; |
|
462 | 462 | margin: 0 0 2em; |
|
463 | 463 | font-size: @basefontsize; |
|
464 | 464 | border-left: 2px solid @grey6; |
|
465 | 465 | |
|
466 | 466 | p, |
|
467 | 467 | ul, |
|
468 | 468 | ol { |
|
469 | 469 | &:last-child { |
|
470 | 470 | margin-bottom: 0; |
|
471 | 471 | } |
|
472 | 472 | } |
|
473 | 473 | |
|
474 | 474 | footer, |
|
475 | 475 | small, |
|
476 | 476 | .small { |
|
477 | 477 | display: block; |
|
478 | 478 | font-size: 80%; |
|
479 | 479 | |
|
480 | 480 | &:before { |
|
481 | 481 | content: '\2014 \00A0'; // em dash, nbsp |
|
482 | 482 | } |
|
483 | 483 | } |
|
484 | 484 | } |
|
485 | 485 | |
|
486 | 486 | // Opposite alignment of blockquote |
|
487 | 487 | // |
|
488 | 488 | .blockquote-reverse, |
|
489 | 489 | blockquote.pull-right { |
|
490 | 490 | padding-right: 15px; |
|
491 | 491 | padding-left: 0; |
|
492 | 492 | border-right: 5px solid @grey6; |
|
493 | 493 | border-left: 0; |
|
494 | 494 | text-align: right; |
|
495 | 495 | |
|
496 | 496 | // Account for citation |
|
497 | 497 | footer, |
|
498 | 498 | small, |
|
499 | 499 | .small { |
|
500 | 500 | &:before { content: ''; } |
|
501 | 501 | &:after { |
|
502 | 502 | content: '\00A0 \2014'; // nbsp, em dash |
|
503 | 503 | } |
|
504 | 504 | } |
|
505 | 505 | } |
|
506 | 506 | |
|
507 | 507 | // Addresses |
|
508 | 508 | address { |
|
509 | 509 | margin-bottom: 2em; |
|
510 | 510 | font-style: normal; |
|
511 | 511 | line-height: 1.8em; |
|
512 | 512 | } |
|
513 | 513 | |
|
514 | 514 | .error-message { |
|
515 | 515 | display: block; |
|
516 | 516 | margin: @padding/3 0; |
|
517 | 517 | color: @alert2; |
|
518 | 518 | } |
|
519 | 519 | |
|
520 | 520 | .issue-tracker-link { |
|
521 | 521 | color: @rcblue; |
|
522 | 522 | } |
|
523 | 523 | |
|
524 | 524 | .info_text{ |
|
525 | 525 | font-size: @basefontsize; |
|
526 | 526 | color: @grey4; |
|
527 | 527 | font-family: @text-regular; |
|
528 | 528 | } |
|
529 | 529 | |
|
530 | 530 | // help block text |
|
531 | 531 | .help-block { |
|
532 | 532 | display: block; |
|
533 | 533 | margin: 0 0 @padding; |
|
534 | 534 | color: @grey4; |
|
535 | 535 | font-family: @text-light; |
|
536 | 536 | &.pre-formatting { |
|
537 | white-space: pre; | |
|
537 | white-space: pre-wrap; | |
|
538 | 538 | } |
|
539 | 539 | } |
|
540 | 540 | |
|
541 | 541 | .error-message { |
|
542 | 542 | display: block; |
|
543 | 543 | margin: @padding/3 0; |
|
544 | 544 | color: @alert2; |
|
545 | 545 | } |
@@ -1,121 +1,132 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | ## -*- coding: utf-8 -*- |
|
2 | 2 | <%inherit file="/base/base.mako"/> |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 | 4 | <%def name="title()"> |
|
5 | 5 | ${_('Authentication Settings')} |
|
6 | 6 | %if c.rhodecode_name: |
|
7 | 7 | · ${h.branding(c.rhodecode_name)}} |
|
8 | 8 | %endif |
|
9 | 9 | </%def> |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | <%def name="breadcrumbs_links()"> |
|
12 | 12 | ${h.link_to(_('Admin'),h.route_path('admin_home'))} |
|
13 | 13 | » |
|
14 | 14 | ${h.link_to(_('Authentication Plugins'),request.resource_path(resource.__parent__, route_name='auth_home'))} |
|
15 | 15 | » |
|
16 | 16 | ${resource.display_name} |
|
17 | 17 | </%def> |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 | 19 | <%def name="menu_bar_nav()"> |
|
20 | 20 | ${self.menu_items(active='admin')} |
|
21 | 21 | </%def> |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | <%def name="main()"> |
|
24 | 24 | <div class="box"> |
|
25 | 25 | <div class="title"> |
|
26 | 26 | ${self.breadcrumbs()} |
|
27 | 27 | </div> |
|
28 | 28 | <div class='sidebar-col-wrapper'> |
|
29 | 29 | |
|
30 | 30 | ## TODO: This is repeated in the auth root template and should be merged |
|
31 | 31 | ## into a single solution. |
|
32 | 32 | <div class="sidebar"> |
|
33 | 33 | <ul class="nav nav-pills nav-stacked"> |
|
34 | 34 | % for item in resource.get_root().get_nav_list(): |
|
35 | 35 | <li ${'class=active' if item == resource else ''}> |
|
36 | 36 | <a href="${request.resource_path(item, route_name='auth_home')}">${item.display_name}</a> |
|
37 | 37 | </li> |
|
38 | 38 | % endfor |
|
39 | 39 | </ul> |
|
40 | 40 | </div> |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | <div class="main-content-full-width"> |
|
43 | 43 | <div class="panel panel-default"> |
|
44 | 44 | <div class="panel-heading"> |
|
45 | 45 | <h3 class="panel-title">${_('Plugin')}: ${resource.display_name}</h3> |
|
46 | 46 | </div> |
|
47 | 47 | <div class="panel-body"> |
|
48 | 48 | <div class="plugin_form"> |
|
49 | 49 | <div class="fields"> |
|
50 | 50 | ${h.secure_form(request.resource_path(resource, route_name='auth_home'), request=request)} |
|
51 | 51 | <div class="form"> |
|
52 | 52 | |
|
53 | 53 | %for node in plugin.get_settings_schema(): |
|
54 | 54 | <% |
|
55 | 55 | label_to_type = {'label-checkbox': 'bool', 'label-textarea': 'textarea'} |
|
56 | 56 | %> |
|
57 | 57 | |
|
58 | 58 | <div class="field"> |
|
59 | 59 | <div class="label ${label_to_type.get(node.widget)}"><label for="${node.name}">${node.title}</label></div> |
|
60 | 60 | <div class="input"> |
|
61 | 61 | %if node.widget in ["string", "int", "unicode"]: |
|
62 | 62 | ${h.text(node.name, defaults.get(node.name), class_="large")} |
|
63 | 63 | %elif node.widget == "password": |
|
64 | 64 | ${h.password(node.name, defaults.get(node.name), class_="large")} |
|
65 | 65 | %elif node.widget == "bool": |
|
66 | 66 | <div class="checkbox">${h.checkbox(node.name, True, checked=defaults.get(node.name))}</div> |
|
67 | 67 | %elif node.widget == "select": |
|
68 | 68 | ${h.select(node.name, defaults.get(node.name), node.validator.choices, class_="select2AuthSetting")} |
|
69 | 69 | %elif node.widget == "textarea": |
|
70 | 70 | <div class="textarea" style="margin-left: 0px">${h.textarea(node.name, defaults.get(node.name), rows=10)}</div> |
|
71 | 71 | %elif node.widget == "readonly": |
|
72 | 72 | ${node.default} |
|
73 | 73 | %else: |
|
74 | 74 | This field is of type ${node.typ}, which cannot be displayed. Must be one of [string|int|bool|select]. |
|
75 | 75 | %endif |
|
76 | 76 | |
|
77 | 77 | %if node.name in errors: |
|
78 | 78 | <span class="error-message">${errors.get(node.name)}</span> |
|
79 | 79 | <br /> |
|
80 | 80 | %endif |
|
81 | 81 | <p class="help-block pre-formatting">${node.description}</p> |
|
82 | 82 | </div> |
|
83 | 83 | </div> |
|
84 | 84 | %endfor |
|
85 | 85 | |
|
86 | 86 | ## Allow derived templates to add something below the form |
|
87 | 87 | ## input fields |
|
88 | 88 | %if hasattr(next, 'below_form_fields'): |
|
89 | 89 | ${next.below_form_fields()} |
|
90 | 90 | %endif |
|
91 | 91 | |
|
92 | 92 | <div class="buttons"> |
|
93 | 93 | ${h.submit('save',_('Save'),class_="btn")} |
|
94 | 94 | </div> |
|
95 | 95 | |
|
96 | 96 | </div> |
|
97 | 97 | ${h.end_form()} |
|
98 | 98 | </div> |
|
99 | 99 | </div> |
|
100 | ||
|
101 | % if request.GET.get('schema'): | |
|
102 | ## this is for development and creation of example configurations for documentation | |
|
103 | <pre> | |
|
104 | % for node in plugin.get_settings_schema(): | |
|
105 | *option*: `${node.name}` => `${defaults.get(node.name)}`${'\n # '.join(['']+node.description.splitlines())} | |
|
106 | ||
|
107 | % endfor | |
|
108 | </pre> | |
|
109 | ||
|
110 | % endif | |
|
111 | ||
|
100 | 112 | </div> |
|
101 | 113 | </div> |
|
102 | 114 | </div> |
|
103 | 115 | |
|
104 | 116 | </div> |
|
105 | 117 | </div> |
|
106 | 118 | |
|
107 | ## TODO: Ugly hack to get ldap select elements to work. | |
|
108 | ## Find a solution to integrate this nicely. | |
|
119 | ||
|
109 | 120 | <script> |
|
110 | 121 | $(document).ready(function() { |
|
111 | 122 | var select2Options = { |
|
112 | 123 | containerCssClass: 'drop-menu', |
|
113 | 124 | dropdownCssClass: 'drop-menu-dropdown', |
|
114 | 125 | dropdownAutoWidth: true, |
|
115 | 126 | minimumResultsForSearch: -1 |
|
116 | 127 | }; |
|
117 | 128 | $('.select2AuthSetting').select2(select2Options); |
|
118 | 129 | |
|
119 | 130 | }); |
|
120 | 131 | </script> |
|
121 | 132 | </%def> |
|
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed, binary diff hidden |
|
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed, binary diff hidden |
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments.
Login now